ford c-max owner's · pdf fileford c-max owner's manual. the information contained...

296
FORD C-MAX Owner's Manual

Upload: vuhanh

Post on 03-Feb-2018

280 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

FORD C-MAX Owner's Manual

Page 2: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest ofcontinuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any timewithout notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in aretrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.Errors and omissions excepted.© Ford Motor Company 2011

All rights reserved.Part Number: (CG3567en) 08/2011 20110621083908

Page 3: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

IntroductionAbout This Manual...........................................7Symbols Glossary.............................................7Parts and Accessories.....................................7

At a GlanceAt a Glance........................................................10

Child SafetyChild Seats.........................................................19Booster Seats..................................................20Child Seat Positioning...................................21ISOFIX Anchor Points...................................24Child Safety Locks..........................................25

Occupant protectionPrinciple of Operation...................................27Fastening the seat belts..............................29Seat belt height adjustment......................33Seat belt reminder.........................................33Using seat belts during pregnancy..........33Disabling the passenger airbag................34

Keys and Remote ControlsGeneral Information on Radio

Frequencies..................................................36Programming the remote control............36Changing the remote control

battery............................................................36

LocksLocking and Unlocking.................................39Keyless Entry....................................................43Global Opening and Closing......................45

Engine immobiliserPrinciple of Operation...................................47Coded keys........................................................47Arming the engine immobiliser.................47Disarming the engine immobiliser...........47

AlarmPrinciple of Operation..................................48Arming the alarm...........................................49Disarming the alarm.....................................49

Steering WheelAdjusting the Steering Wheel...................50Audio Control..................................................50Voice Control.....................................................51

Wipers and WashersWindscreen Wipers.......................................52Autowipers........................................................52Windscreen Washers....................................53Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........53Headlamp Washers......................................54Checking the Wiper Blades........................54Changing the Wiper Blades.......................54Technical Specifications.............................56

LightingLighting Control...............................................57Autolamps........................................................58Front Fog Lamps............................................58Rear Fog Lamps.............................................58Adjusting the Headlamps - Vehicles

With: Adaptive Front Lighting/XenonHeadlamps...................................................59

Headlamp Levelling......................................59Hazard Warning Flashers............................59Direction Indicators.......................................60Cornering Lamps...........................................60Interior Lamps..................................................61Removing a Headlamp................................62Changing a Bulb.............................................62Bulb Specification Chart.............................69

Windows and MirrorsPower Windows...............................................71

1

Table of Contents

Page 4: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Exterior Mirrors.................................................72Electric exterior mirrors................................73Auto-Dimming Mirror....................................74Blind Spot Monitor.........................................74

Instrument ClusterGauges................................................................77Warning Lamps and Indicators.................79Audible Warnings and Indicators..............81

Information DisplaysGeneral Information......................................83Trip Computer.................................................89Personalised Settings..................................89Information Messages.................................90

Climate ControlPrinciple of Operation................................100Air Vents..........................................................100Manual Climate Control.............................101Automatic Climate Control......................103Heated Windows and Mirrors..................105Auxiliary Heater............................................106

SeatsSitting in the Correct Position.................109Manual Seats.................................................109Head Restraints.............................................110Power Seats......................................................111Rear Seats........................................................112Heated Seats.................................................120

Convenience featuresSun Shades......................................................121Instrument Lighting Dimmer....................122Clock..................................................................122Cigar Lighter....................................................122Auxiliary Power Points................................123Cup Holders....................................................123

Storage compartments..............................124Glasses Holder...............................................124Childminder Mirror........................................125Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket...............125USB port...........................................................125Satellite Navigation Unit Holder.............126Floor Mats........................................................126

Starting and Stopping theEngine

General Information.....................................127Ignition Switch................................................127Steering Wheel Lock....................................127Starting a Petrol Engine.............................128Starting a Diesel Engine.............................128Keyless Starting............................................129Diesel Particulate Filter..............................130Switching Off the Engine............................131Engine Block Heater.....................................131

Start-StopPrinciple of Operation.................................133Using start-stop............................................133

Eco ModePrinciple of Operation.................................135Using Eco mode............................................135

Fuel and RefuellingSafety Precautions......................................136Fuel Quality - Petrol....................................136Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................136Catalytic Converter......................................136Fuel filler flap..................................................137Refuelling........................................................138Fuel Consumption........................................138Technical Specifications............................139

2

Table of Contents

Page 5: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

TransmissionManual Transmission...................................141Automatic Transmission.............................141

BrakesPrinciple of Operation.................................144Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock

Brakes...........................................................144Parking Brake.................................................144

Stability ControlPrinciple of Operation.................................145Using Stability Control...............................145

Hill Start AssistPrinciple of Operation................................146Using hill start assist...................................146

Parking AidsPrinciple of Operation................................148Using the Parking Aid - Vehicles With:

Rear Parking Aid.......................................148Using the Parking Aid - Vehicles With:

Front and Rear Parking Aid...................149

Active Park AssistPrinciple of Operation.................................152Using active park assist..............................152

Rear view cameraPrinciple of Operation.................................155Using the Rear View Camera...................155

Cruise ControlPrinciple of Operation.................................158Using Cruise Control....................................158

Speed LimiterPrinciple of Operation................................160Using the speed limiter..............................160

Load CarryingGeneral Information.....................................161Luggage Anchor Points...............................161Luggage Covers.............................................163Rear Under Floor Storage..........................163Cargo Nets......................................................163Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................165

TowingTowing a Trailer.............................................168Retractable tow ball...................................168

Driving HintsRunning-In.......................................................172Cold Weather Precautions.........................172Driving Through Water................................172

Roadside EmergenciesFirst Aid Kit.......................................................173Warning Triangle...........................................173Emergency Exit..............................................173

FusesFuse Box Locations......................................174Changing a Fuse............................................174Fuse Specification Chart............................175

Vehicle recoveryTowing Points................................................183Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels......183

MaintenanceGeneral Information....................................185Opening and Closing the Bonnet...........185Under Bonnet Overview - 1.6L

Duratec-16V Ti-VCT (Sigma)..............187Under Bonnet Overview - 1.6L

Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel..................188Under Bonnet Overview - 2.0L

Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel................189

3

Table of Contents

Page 6: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratec-16VTi-VCT (Sigma)........................................190

Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi(DV) Diesel/2.0L Duratorq-TDCi (DW)Diesel............................................................190

Engine Oil Check..........................................190Engine Coolant Check.................................191Brake and Clutch Fluid Check...................191Washer Fluid Check.....................................192Technical Specifications............................192

Vehicle CareCleaning the Exterior...................................195Cleaning the Interior....................................195Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............196

Vehicle batteryJump-Starting the Vehicle........................197Changing the Vehicle Battery..................198Battery connection points........................198

Wheels and TyresGeneral Information....................................199Changing a Road Wheel............................199Tyre Repair Kit..............................................204Tyre Care.........................................................207Using Winter Tyres......................................208Using Snow Chains....................................208Tyre Pressure Monitoring System.........208Technical Specifications..........................209

Vehicle identificationVehicle Identification Plate.......................214Vehicle Identification Number.................215

Capacities and Specific-ations

Technical Specifications............................216

Audio introductionImportant audio information...................219

Audio unit overviewAudio unit overview....................................220

Audio system securitySecurity code.................................................226

Audio unit operationOn/off control................................................227Sound button.................................................227Waveband button........................................227Station tuning control................................227Station preset buttons..............................228Autostore control.........................................228Traffic information control.......................228

Audio unit menusAutomatic volume control.......................230Digital signal processing (DSP).............230News broadcasts.........................................230Alternative frequencies.............................230Regional mode (REG).................................231

Compact disc playerCompact disc playback.............................232Track selection..............................................232Fast forward/reverse..................................232Shuffle/random............................................232Repeat compact disc tracks....................232Compact disc track scanning..................233MP3 file playback........................................233MP3 display options...................................233Ending compact disc playback..............234

Auxiliary input (AUX IN)socket

Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket..............235

4

Table of Contents

Page 7: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Audio troubleshootingAudio troubleshooting...............................236

TelephoneGeneral Information....................................237Bluetooth setup............................................237Telephone setup...........................................237Telephone controls.....................................238Using the telephone...................................238

Voice controlPrinciple of Operation.................................241Using voice control.......................................241Audio unit commands...............................242Telephone commands..............................249Climate control commands....................254

ConnectivityGeneral Information....................................257Connecting an external device...............258Connecting an external device - Vehicles

With: Bluetooth........................................258Using a USB device.....................................259Using an iPod................................................260

Navigation introductionGeneral Information...................................262Road Safety...................................................262

Navigation Quick startNavigation Quick start...............................264

Navigation unit overviewNavigation unit overview...........................267Loading the navigation data.....................271

System settingsSystem settings............................................272

Navigation systemRoute options menu...................................275Route displays...............................................276

Traffic Message ChannelPrinciple of Operation.................................277Using TMC.......................................................277

Map updatesMap updates..................................................278

AppendicesType approvals.............................................279Type approvals.............................................279Type approvals.............................................279Type approvals.............................................280Type approvals.............................................280Electromagnetic compatibility................281

5

Table of Contents

Page 8: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

6

Page 9: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ABOUT THIS MANUALThank you for choosing Ford. Werecommend that you take some time toget to know your vehicle by reading thismanual. The more that you know about it,the greater the safety and pleasure youwill get from driving it.

WARNINGAlways drive with due care andattention when using and operatingthe controls and features on your

vehicle.

Note: This manual describes productfeatures and options available throughoutthe range, sometimes even before they aregenerally available. It may describe optionsnot fitted to your vehicle.Note: Some of the illustrations in thismanual may be used for different models,so may appear different to your vehicle.However, the essential information in theillustrations is always correct.Note: Always use and operate your vehiclein line with all applicable laws andregulations.Note: Pass on this manual when sellingyour vehicle. It is an integral part of thevehicle.This vehicle has received the endorsementof TÜV, the accredited international testingorganisation, for its allergy-friendlyproperties.All materials used in the manufacture ofthe interior of this vehicle meet strictrequirements of the TÜV TOXPROOFCriteria Catalogue for Vehicle Interiors byTÜV Produkt and Umwelt GmbH and aredesigned to minimize the risk of allergicreactions.

Additionally an efficient pollen filterprotects the passengers against allergenparticles in the outdoor air.For more information, contact TÜV atwww.tuv.com.

SYMBOLS GLOSSARYSymbols in this handbook

WARNINGYou risk death or serious injury toyourself and others if you do notfollow the instructions highlighted

by the warning symbol.

CAUTIONYou risk damaging your vehicle if youdo not follow the instructionshighlighted by the caution symbol.

Symbols on your vehicle

When you see these symbols, read andfollow the relevant instructions in thishandbook before touching or attemptingadjustment of any kind.

PARTS AND ACCESSORIESNow you can be sure that your Fordparts are Ford partsYour Ford has been built to the higheststandards using high quality Ford OriginalParts. As a result, you can enjoy driving itfor many years.

7

Introduction

Page 10: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Should the unexpected occur and a majorpart needs replacing, we recommend thatyou accept nothing less than Ford OriginalParts.The use of Ford Original Parts ensures thatyour vehicle is repaired to its pre-accidentcondition and maintains its maximumresidual value.Ford Original Parts match Ford's stringentsafety requirements and high standardsof fit, finish and reliability. Quite simply,they represent the best overall repair value,including parts and labour costs.Now it is easier to tell if you have reallybeen given Ford Original Parts. The Fordlogo is clearly visible on the following partsif they are Ford Original Parts. If yourvehicle has to be repaired, look for theclearly visible Ford branding and make surethat only Ford Original Parts have beenused.

Look for the Ford logo on thefollowing partsSheet metal• Bonnet• Wings• Doors• Luggage compartment lid or tailgate

E130165

Bumper and radiator grille• Radiator grille• Front and rear bumper

E130166

8

Introduction

Page 11: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Exterior mirror

E130167

Glass• Rear window• Side glass• Windscreen

E130168

Lighting• Rear lamps• Headlamp

E130169

9

Introduction

Page 12: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Instrument panel overviewLeft-hand drive

E130098

H IGFEDCBA

X W V U T S Q P OR LMN JK

10

At a Glance

Page 13: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Right-hand drive

E130099

HI G B DC FE A

XSU TVWKL RQO MNPJ

Air vents. See Air Vents (page 100).ADirection indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 60). Main beam. SeeLighting Control (page 57).

B

Left-hand drive vehicles with voice control - Information display control. SeeInformation Displays (page 83).

C

Left-hand drive vehicles without voice control - Information display control.See Information Displays (page 83).

C

Right-hand drive vehicles with voice control - Information and entertainmentdisplay control.

C

Right-hand drive vehicles without voice control - Information display control.See Information Displays (page 83).

C

11

At a Glance

Page 14: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Instrument cluster. See Gauges (page 77). See Warning Lamps andIndicators (page 79).

D

Left-hand drive vehicles with voice control - Information and entertainmentdisplay control.

E

Left-hand drive vehicles without voice control - Audio control. See AudioControl (page 50).

E

Right-hand drive vehicles with voice control - Information display control. SeeInformation Displays (page 83).

E

Right-hand drive vehicles without voice control - Audio control. See AudioControl (page 50).

E

Wiper lever. See Wipers and Washers (page 52).FInformation and entertainment display.GAudio unit. See Audio unit overview (page 220).HDoor lock button. See Locking and Unlocking (page 39).IHazard warning flasher switch. See Hazard Warning Flashers (page 59).JPower liftgate switch. See Locking and Unlocking (page 39).KParking aid switch. See Parking Aids (page 148).LActive park assist switch. See Active Park Assist (page 152).MStart-stop switch. See Using start-stop (page 133).NHeated rear window switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 105).OHeated windscreen switch. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 105).PClimate controls. See Climate Control (page 100).QStart button. See Keyless Starting (page 129).RIgnition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 127).SAudio control. See Audio Control (page 50). Voice control. See Voice Control(page 51). Telephone control. See Telephone controls (page 238).

T

Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 50).UHorn.VCruise control switches. See Cruise Control (page 158). Speed limiter switches.See Speed Limiter (page 160).

W

Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 57). Front fog lamps. See FrontFog Lamps (page 58). Rear fog lamp. See Rear Fog Lamps (page 58).Headlamp levelling control. See Headlamp Levelling (page 59). Instrumentlighting dimmer. See Instrument Lighting Dimmer (page 122).

X

12

At a Glance

Page 15: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Power liftgateWARNINGS

Do not operate the luggagecompartment lid unless it is free fromobstruction.Careless opening and closing of theluggage compartment lid canoverride the protection function and

cause injuries.

The luggage compartment lid can beoperated using the remote control, thecentre console switch, the luggagecompartment lid switch or the luggagecompartment lid release handle.

See Locking and Unlocking (page 39).

Keyless entry

E78276

Passive locking and unlocking requires avalid passive key to be located within oneof the three external detection ranges.

Unlocking the vehicle

E87384

Open any door.Note: A valid passive key must be locatedwithin the detection range of that door.One long flash of the direction indicatorsconfirms that all the doors and the luggagecompartment lid have been unlocked andthat the alarm has been disarmed.

Locking the vehicle

E87384

Touch a front door handle lock sensor tolock the vehicle.

See Keyless Entry (page 43).

Adjusting the steering wheelWARNING

Never adjust the steering wheelwhen the vehicle is moving.

13

At a Glance

Page 16: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

1

2

2

E95178

3E95179

See Adjusting the Steering Wheel(page 50).

Autowipers

C

A B

E128445

High sensitivityAOnBLow sensitivityC

Autolamps

E70719

The headlamps will come on and go offautomatically depending on the ambientlight.

See Autolamps (page 58).

Electric windowsNote: To reduce wind noise or buffetingwhen just one window is open, open theopposite window slightly.

14

At a Glance

Page 17: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

See Power Windows (page 71).

Electric folding mirrors

E72623

See Electric exterior mirrors (page 73).

Information displays

E130248

Use the arrow buttons to navigate throughthe menus and press OK to make aselection.

See General Information (page 83).

Manual climate controlHeating the interior quickly

E129884

Cooling the interior quickly

E129887

Defrosting and demisting thewindscreen

E129888

See Manual Climate Control (page 101).

Automatic climate control

E91391

See Automatic Climate Control (page103).

15

At a Glance

Page 18: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Keyless starting

E85766

Press the start button.

Stopping the engine when the vehicleis moving

WARNINGSwitching off the engine when thevehicle is still moving will result in aloss of brake and steering assistance.

The steering will not be locked, but highereffort will be required. When the ignition isswitched off some electrical circuits,warning lamps and indicators may also beOFF.

Press and hold the start button for twoseconds, or press three times within threeseconds.

Press the start button.

See Keyless Starting (page 129).

Diesel particulate filter (DPF)WARNING

Do not park or idle your vehicle overdry leaves, dry grass or othercombustible materials. The DPF

regeneration process creates very highexhaust gas temperatures and the exhaustwill radiate a considerable amount of heatduring and after DPF regeneration, andafter you have switched the engine off.This is a potential fire hazard.

See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 130).

Fuel filler flap

E86613

Press the flap to open it. Open the flap fullyuntil it engages.

E139202

A

A

Insert the fuel nozzle up to and includingthe first notch on the nozzle A. Keep itresting on the cover of the fuel pipeopening.

16

At a Glance

Page 19: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

WARNINGWe recommend that you remove thefuel nozzle slowly to allow anyresidual fuel to drain into the fuel

tank. Alternatively you can wait 10 secondsbefore removing the fuel nozzle.

E119081

Slightly raise the fuel nozzle to remove it.

See Fuel filler flap (page 137).

Manual transmissionSelecting reverse gear

E99067

On some vehicles it is necessary to raisethe collar whilst selecting reverse gear.

See Manual Transmission (page 141).

Automatic transmissionWARNING

Apply the brakes before moving theselector lever and keep them applieduntil you are ready to move off.

E80836

S

ParkPReverseRNeutralNDriveDSport mode and manual shiftingS

See Automatic Transmission (page141).

Speed limiterThe system allows you to set a speed, towhich the vehicle then becomes limited.

See Speed Limiter (page 160).

17

At a Glance

Page 20: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Towing the vehicle on four wheelsCAUTION

For certain engine and transmissioncombinations, it is recommended notto tow the vehicle with the drive

wheels on the ground.

See Towing the Vehicle on FourWheels (page 183).

18

At a Glance

Page 21: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CHILD SEATS

E133140

E68916

WARNINGSSecure children that are less than150 centimetres (59 inches) tall in asuitable, approved child restraint, in

the rear seat.Extreme Hazard! Do not use arearward facing child restraint on aseat protected by an air bag in front

of it!Read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions when you are fitting achild restraint.Do not modify child restraints in anyway.Do not hold a child on your lap whenthe vehicle is moving.

WARNINGSDo not leave unattended children inyour vehicle.If your vehicle has been involved inan accident, have the child restraintschecked by properly trained

technicians.

Note: Mandatory use of child restraintsvaries from country to country.Only child restraints certified toECE-R44.03 (or later) have been testedand approved for use in your vehicle. Achoice of these are available from yourDealer.

Child restraints for different massgroupsUse the correct child restraint as follows:

Baby safety seat

E68918

Secure children that weigh less than 13kilograms (29 pounds) in a rearward facingbaby safety seat (Group 0+) in the rearseat.

19

Child Safety

Page 22: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Child safety seat

E68920

Secure children that weigh between 13 and18 kilograms (29 and 40 pounds) in a childsafety seat (Group 1) in the rear seat.

BOOSTER SEATS

WARNINGSDo not install a booster seat or abooster cushion with only the lapstrap of the seat belt.Do not install a booster seat or abooster cushion with a seat belt thatis slack or twisted.Do not put the seat belt under yourchild’s arm or behind its back.Do not use pillows, books or towelsto boost your child’s height.Make sure that your children sit in anupright position.Secure children that weigh morethan 15 kilograms (33 pounds) butare less than 150 centimetres (59

inches) tall in a booster seat or a boostercushion.

CAUTIONWhen using a child seat on a rear seat,make sure that the child seat reststightly against the vehicle seat. It may

be necessary to lift or remove the headrestraint. See Head Restraints (page 110).

Booster seat (Group 2)

E70710

We recommend that you use a boosterseat that combines a cushion with abackrest instead of a booster cushion only.The raised seating position will allow youto position the shoulder strap of the adultseat belt over the centre of your child’sshoulder and the lap strap tightly acrossits hips.

20

Child Safety

Page 23: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Booster cushion (Group 3)

E68924

CHILD SEAT POSITIONING

WARNINGSPlease consult your Dealer for thelatest details relating to Fordrecommended child seats.Extreme Hazard! Do not use arearward facing child restraint on aseat protected by an air bag in front

of it!

WARNINGSWhen you are using a child restraintwith a support leg on a second rowseat, make sure that you locate the

support leg securely on the under floorstorage compartment lid. Make sure thatyou install the foam spacer correctly insidethe storage compartment and that youposition the lid correctly.

When using a child seat with a seatbelt, make sure that the seat belt isnot slack or twisted.

CAUTIONThe child seat must rest tightlyagainst the vehicle seat. It may benecessary to lift or remove the head

restraint. See Head Restraints (page 110).

Note: When using a child seat on a frontseat, always adjust the front passenger seatto its fully rearwards position. If it provesdifficult to tighten the lap section of the seatbelt without slack remaining, adjust theseatback to the fully upright position andraise the height of the seat. See Seats(page 109).

Child seat positions

Mass group categories

Seating positions

3210+0

22 - 36 kg(49 - 79

lbs)

15 - 25 kg(33 - 55

lbs)

9 - 18 kg(20 - 40

lbs)Up to 13 kg

(29 lbs)Up to 10 kg

(22 lbs)

Booster seat or cushionChildsafety seatBaby safety seat

UF¹UF¹UF¹XXFront passenger seatwith airbag ON

U¹U¹U¹U¹U¹Front passenger seatwith airbag OFF

21

Child Safety

Page 24: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Mass group categories

Seating positions

3210+0

22 - 36 kg(49 - 79

lbs)

15 - 25 kg(33 - 55

lbs)

9 - 18 kg(20 - 40

lbs)Up to 13 kg

(29 lbs)Up to 10 kg

(22 lbs)

Booster seat or cushionChildsafety seatBaby safety seat

UUUUUSecond row seats -Grand C-MAX

UUUUUSecond row seats - C-MAX

UUUUUThird row seats - GrandC-MAX

X Not suitable for children in this mass group.U Suitable for universal category child seats approved for use in this mass group.U¹ Suitable for universal category child seats approved for use in this mass group. However,we recommend that you secure children in a government approved child seat, in the rearseat.UF¹ Suitable for universal category forward facing child seats approved for use in thismass group. However, we recommend that you secure children in a government approvedchild seat, in the rear seat.

ISOFIX child seats

Mass group categories

Seating positions10+

Forward facingRear facing

9 - 18 kg (20 - 40 lbs)Up to 13 kg (29 lbs)

Vehicle seating position not ISOFIXequipped

Size classFront seat

Seat type

A, B, B1, C, D1C, D, E1Size classSecond row outboard seatISOFIX - Grand C-MAX

IL2, IUF3IL2Seat type

A, B, B1, D1D, E1Size classSecond row outboard seatISOFIX - C-MAX

22

Child Safety

Page 25: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Mass group categories

Seating positions10+

Forward facingRear facing

9 - 18 kg (20 - 40 lbs)Up to 13 kg (29 lbs)

IL2, IUF3IL2Seat type

Vehicle seating position not ISOFIXequipped

Size classSecond row centre seat

Seat type

Vehicle seating position not ISOFIXequipped

Size classThird row seat ISOFIX -Grand C-MAX

Seat type

IL Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems of the semi-universal category.Please consult child restraints systems suppliers' vehicle recommendation lists.IUF Suitable for ISOFIX forward facing child restraints systems of universal categoryapproved for use in this mass group and ISOFIX size class.1The ISOFIX size class for both universal and semi-universal child restraints systemsis defined by the capital letters A to G. These identification letters are displayed on ISOFIXchild restraints.2At time of publishing the recommended Group O+ ISOFIX baby safety seat is the BritaxRomer Baby Safe. Please consult your Dealer for the latest details relating to Fordrecommended child seats.3At time of publishing the recommended Group 1 ISOFIX child seat is the Britax RomerDuo. Please consult your Dealer for the latest details relating to Ford recommended childseats.

23

Child Safety

Page 26: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ISOFIX ANCHOR POINTS

WARNINGUse an anti-rotation device whenusing the ISOFIX system. Werecommend the use of a top tether

or support leg.

Note: When you are purchasing an ISOFIXrestraint, make sure that you know thecorrect mass group and ISOFIX size classfor the intended seating locations. SeeChild Seat Positioning (page 21).Your vehicle is fitted with ISOFIX anchorpoints that accommodate universallyapproved ISOFIX child restraints.The ISOFIX system comprises two rigidattachment arms on the child restraint thatattach to anchor points on the outboardrear seats, where the cushion and backrestmeet. Tether anchor points are fittedbehind the outboard rear seats for childrestraints with a top tether.

Top tether anchor points - Allvehicles

E133892

Top tether anchor points - C-MAXWARNING

If your vehicle is equipped with thecomfort seat system, slide thesecond row seat forwards to gain

access to the anchor points. After installingthe ISOFIX seat, do not move the seat tothe comfort position as it could interferewith the tether strap routing.

24

Child Safety

Page 27: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E132100

Top tether anchor points - GrandC-MAX

E130125

Attaching a child seat with toptethers

WARNINGSDo not attach a tether strap toanything other than the correcttether anchor point.

WARNINGSMake sure that the top tether strapis not slack or twisted and is properlylocated on the anchor point.

Note: Where applicable, remove theluggage cover to ease installation. SeeLuggage Covers (page 163).1. Route the tether strap to the anchor

point.

E75531

2. Push the child seat back firmly toengage the ISOFIX lower anchor points.

3. Tighten the tether strap in line with thechild seat manufacturer's instructions.

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS

WARNINGYou cannot open the doors frominside if you have put the child safetylocks on.

Note: Pressing the switch will also disablethe rear electric window switches.

25

Child Safety

Page 28: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E124779

26

Child Safety

Page 29: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONAirbags

WARNINGSDo not modify the front of yourvehicle in any way. This couldadversely affect deployment of the

airbags.Extreme Hazard! Do not use arearward facing child restraint on aseat protected by an airbag in front

of it!Wear a seat belt and keep sufficientdistance between yourself and thesteering wheel. Only when you use

the seat belt properly, can it hold you in aposition that allows the airbag to achieveits optimum effect. See Sitting in theCorrect Position (page 109).

Have repairs to the steering wheel,steering column, seats, airbags andseat belts carried out by a properly

trained technician.Keep the areas in front of the airbagsfree from obstruction. Do not affixanything to or over the airbag covers.Do not poke sharp objects into areaswhere airbags are fitted. This coulddamage and adversely affect

deployment of the airbags.Use seat covers designed for seatswith side airbags. Have these fittedby a properly trained technician.

Note: You will hear a loud bang and see acloud of harmless powdery residue if anairbag deploys. This is normal.Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a dampcloth.

Front airbags

E74302

The driver airbag, front passenger airbagand the seat belt pretensioners will deployduring significant frontal collisions orcollisions that are up to 30 degrees fromthe left or the right. The airbags will inflatewithin a few thousandths of a second anddeflate on contact with the occupants,thus cushioning forward body movement.During minor frontal collisions, overturns,rear collisions and side collisions, the driverand front passenger airbags will notdeploy.

Side and curtain airbagsDuring significant lateral collisions, onlythe airbags on the side affected by thecollision and the seat belt pretensionerswill deploy. The airbags will inflate withina few thousandths of a second and deflateon contact with the occupants, thusproviding protection for the body. The sideand curtain airbags will not deploy duringminor lateral collisions, front collisions, rearcollisions or overturns.

27

Occupant protection

Page 30: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Side airbags

E72658

Side airbags are fitted inside the seatbackof the front seats. A label indicates thatside airbags are fitted to your vehicle.

Curtain airbags

E75004

Curtain airbags are fitted inside the trimpanels over the front and rear sidewindows. Moulded badges in the B-pillartrim panels indicate that curtain airbagsare fitted to your vehicle.

Seat beltsWARNINGS

Wear a seat belt and keep sufficientdistance between yourself and thesteering wheel. Only when you use

the seat belt properly, can it hold you in aposition to achieve its optimum effect. SeeSitting in the Correct Position (page109).

WARNINGSNever use a seat belt for more thanone person.Use the correct buckle for each seatbelt.Do not use a seat belt that is slackor twisted.Do not wear thick clothing. The seatbelt must fit tightly around your bodyto achieve its optimum effect.Position the shoulder strap of theseat belt over the centre of yourshoulder and position the lap strap

tightly across your hips.

Seat belt pretensioners have a lowerdeployment threshold than the airbags.During minor collisions, it is possible thatonly the seat belt pretensioners will deploy.

All vehiclesThe driver and front passenger seat beltsystems are fitted with a seat beltpretensioner.

Grand C-MAXThe second row centre seat belt system isalso fitted with a seat belt pretensioner.

Status after a collision

WARNINGSSeat belts subjected to strain, as aresult of an accident, should berenewed and the anchorages

checked by a properly trained technician.If a seat belt pretensioner has beendeployed the seat belt must berenewed.

28

Occupant protection

Page 31: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

FASTENING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNINGSInsert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear a distinct click. You havenot fastened the seat belt properly

if you do not hear a click.In order to ensure that the centre beltworks properly, the rear seatbackmust be correctly engaged.

Note: The seat belt tongues are designedso that you can only insert them into thecorrect buckle.

E74124

E129521

Pull the belt out steadily. It may lock if youpull it sharply or if the vehicle is on a slope.Press the red button on the buckle torelease the belt. Let it retract completelyand smoothly.When in use, the rear seat belts should beplaced in the belt guides on the outboardseatbacks.

C-MAXSecond row outboard seat belt

E130033

29

Occupant protection

Page 32: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

When in use, the rear seat belts should beplaced in the belt guides on the outboardseatbacks.

Second row centre seat belt

E129522

2

1

3

The retractor for the rear centre seat beltis located in the roof.To fasten the seat belt:1. Pull the belt out steadily. It may lock if

you pull it sharply or if the vehicle is ona slope.

2. Insert the smaller tongue into the blackbuckle to the left of the centre seat.

3. Pull the larger tongue across the lapand insert it into the buckle to the rightof the centre seat.

Note: If in constant use, you can leave thebelt buckled in the black buckle. When it isnot in use, or when you fold or move the rearseats, you should release the belt from theblack buckle.

E129523

Press the red button on the right buckle torelease the belt. Let it retract.Press the button on the side of the blackbuckle to release the belt. Let it retractcompletely and smoothly to the retractorin the roof.Stow the larger tongue flat against the rooftrim.

30

Occupant protection

Page 33: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Grand C-MAXSecond row centre seat belt anchorpoint

E130029

Second row centre seat belt

E129522

2

1

3

The retractor for the rear centre seat beltis located in the roof.To fasten the seat belt:1. Pull the belt out steadily. It may lock if

you pull it sharply or if the vehicle is ona slope.

2. Securely attach the spring hook to theanchor point.

3. Pull the tongue across the lap andinsert it into the buckle to the right ofthe centre seat.

Note: If in constant use, you can leave thebelt attached to the anchor point. When itis not in use, or when you fold or move therear seats, you should release the springhook from the anchor point.

31

Occupant protection

Page 34: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E129524

Press the red button on the right buckle torelease the belt. Let it retract.Unclip the spring hook to release the belt.Let it retract completely and smoothly tothe retractor in the roof.Stow the tongue securely flat against theroof trim.

WARNINGAlways replace the rubber coverwhen stowing the belt assembly.

Third row seat beltsNote: When not in use, place the seat beltsin the clips on the outboard trim. Make surethat the seat belt tongue is positioned abovethe clip.

E135424

E135425

32

Occupant protection

Page 35: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

SEAT BELT HEIGHTADJUSTMENT

E87511

Note: Lifting the slider slightly whilepressing the locking button makes it easierto release the locking mechanism.To raise or lower, press the locking buttonon the adjuster and move as necessary.

SEAT BELT REMINDER

WARNINGThe occupant protection system willonly provide optimum protectionwhen you use the seat belt properly.

The seat belt reminder warninglamp illuminates and an audiblewarning will sound if the driver's

or front seat passenger's seat belt has notbeen fastened and the vehicle exceeds arelatively low speed. It will also illuminateif the driver's or front seat passenger's seatbelt is unfastened when the vehicle ismoving. The audible warning will go offafter a few minutes but the seat beltreminder warning lamp will remain on untilthe driver's or front seat passenger's seatbelt is fastened.

Deactivating the seat beltreminderSee your dealer.

Grand C-MAX onlyRear seat belt reminder

WARNINGIf multiple belts are unfastenedwithin a few seconds of each other,only one audible chime will sound.

Note: Press the OK button on the steeringwheel control to confirm the message.A visual reminder of the seat belt statuswill be shown on the instrument displayonce the engine is started, and once againif any are unfastened when the vehicle ismoving.Fastened seat belts are indicated by a ticksymbol.If a belt is unfastened when the vehicle ismoving, the seat belt status screen will bedisplayed and the relevant seats will behighlighted by an exclamation mark. Anaudible chime will also sound.

USING SEAT BELTS DURINGPREGNANCY

E68587

33

Occupant protection

Page 36: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

WARNINGPosition the seat belt correctly foryour safety and that of your unbornchild. Do not use only the lap strap

or the shoulder strap.

Position the lap strap comfortably acrossyour hips and low beneath your pregnantabdomen. Position the shoulder strapbetween your breasts, above and to theside of your pregnant abdomen.

DISABLING THE PASSENGERAIRBAG

WARNINGMake sure that the passenger airbagis disabled when using a rearwardfacing child restraint on the front

passenger seat.

E71313

Fitting the passenger airbagdeactivation switch

WARNINGIf you need to fit a child restraint ona seat protected by an operationalairbag in front of it, have a passenger

airbag deactivation switch fitted. Ask yourdealer for further information.

Note: The key switch is located at the endof the instrument panel on the side of theglove compartment. The airbag deactivationlamp is located between the sun visors.

E130110

If the airbag warning lamp illuminates orflashes when you are driving, this indicatesa malfunction. See Warning Lamps andIndicators (page 79). Remove the childrestraint and have the system checkedimmediately.

Disabling the passenger airbag

A BE71312

DisabledAEnabledB

Turn the switch to position A.When you switch the ignition on, check thatthe passenger airbag deactivation warninglamp illuminates.

34

Occupant protection

Page 37: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Enabling the passenger airbagWARNING

Make sure that the passenger airbagis enabled when you are not using achild restraint on the front passenger

seat.

Turn the switch to position B.

35

Occupant protection

Page 38: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATION ONRADIO FREQUENCIES

CAUTIONSThe radio frequency used by yourremote control can also be used byother short distance radio

transmissions (e.g. amateur radios,medical equipment, wireless headphones,remote controls and alarm systems). If thefrequencies are jammed, you will not beable to use your remote control. You canlock and unlock the doors with the key.

Check your vehicle is locked beforeleaving it unattended. This willsafeguard against any potential

malicious frequency blocking.

Note: You could unlock the doors if youpress the buttons on the remote controlunintentionally.The operating range between your remotecontrol and your vehicle varies dependingon the environment.

PROGRAMMING THE REMOTECONTROLYou can programme a maximum of eightremote controls to use with your vehicle(including any supplied with your vehicle).

Programming a new remotecontrol1. Insert the key in the ignition.2. Cycle the key from position 0 to II and

then back to 0 four times within sixseconds.

3. Leave the key in position 0 and pressany button on the remote controlwithin 10 seconds. You will receiveconfirmation via a chime or LED thatprogramming has been successful.

Note: Further remote controls may beprogrammed at this stage.4. Press any button on each additional

remote control within 10 seconds ofeach other.

Reprogramming the unlockingfunctionNote: When you press the unlock buttoneither all the doors are unlocked or only thedriver’s door is unlocked. Pressing the unlockbutton again unlocks all the doors.Press and hold the unlock and lock buttonson the remote key simultaneously for atleast four seconds with the ignition off. Thedirection indicators will flash twice toconfirm the change.To return to the original unlocking function,repeat the process.

CHANGING THE REMOTECONTROL BATTERY

E107998

Make sure that you dispose ofold batteries in anenvironmentally friendly way.

Seek advice from your local authorityregarding recycling.

Remote control with a folding keyblade

E1288092

1

36

Keys and Remote Controls

Page 39: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

1. Insert a screwdriver in the positionshown and gently push the clip.

2. Press the clip down to release thebattery cover.

E128810

3. Carefully remove the cover.

E128811

4. Turn the remote control over to removethe battery.

5. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032) withthe + facing upwards.

6. Replace the battery cover.

Remote control without a foldingkey blade

1

2

1

E87964

1. Press and hold the pushbuttons on theedges to release the cover. Carefullyremove the cover.

2. Remove the key blade.

E105362

3

3. Twist a flat bladed screwdriver in theposition shown to separate the twohalves of the remote control.

37

Keys and Remote Controls

Page 40: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E119190

4

4. Carefully insert the screwdriver in theposition shown to open the remotecontrol.

E125860

5

CAUTIONDo not touch the battery contacts orthe printed circuit board with thescrewdriver.

5. Carefully prise out the battery with thescrewdriver.

6. Install a new battery (3V CR 2032) withthe + facing downwards.

7. Assemble the two halves of the remotecontrol.

8. Install the key blade.

38

Keys and Remote Controls

Page 41: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING

CAUTIONCheck your vehicle is locked beforeleaving it unattended.

Note: Do not leave your keys in the vehicle.

LockingLocking with the keyTurn the top of the key towards the frontof the vehicle.

Locking with the remote controlNote: The driver’s door can be locked withthe key. This needs to be used if the remotecontrol is not functioning.Note: Your vehicle can be locked with a reardoor open. The door will be locked when itis closed.

Press the button.

Double lockingWARNING

Do not activate double locking whenpersons or animals are inside thevehicle. You will not be able to

unlock the doors from the inside if you havedouble locked them.

Note: If you double lock your vehicle whilstinside, switch the ignition on to return thedoor locks to a single locked state.Note: Your vehicle can be double lockedwith a rear door open. The door will bedouble locked when it is closed.Double locking is a theft protection featurethat prevents someone from opening thedoors from the inside.

Double locking with the keyTurn the key to the lock position twicewithin three seconds.

Double locking with the remote controlPress the button twice withinthree seconds.

UnlockingUnlocking with the keyTurn the top of the key towards the rear ofthe vehicle.

Unlocking with the remote controlNote: The driver’s door can be unlockedwith the key. This needs to be used if theremote control is not functioning.Note: If the vehicle remains locked forseveral weeks, the remote control will bedisabled. The vehicle must be unlocked andthe engine started using the key. Unlockingand starting the vehicle once will enable theremote control.

Press the button.

Automatic relockingThe doors will relock automatically if youdo not open a door within 45 seconds ofunlocking the doors with the remotecontrol. The door locks and the alarm willreturn to their previous state.

Reprogramming the unlocking functionThe unlocking function may bereprogrammed so that only the driver’sdoor is unlocked ( See Programming theremote control (page 36). ).

39

Locks

Page 42: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Locking and unlockingconfirmationNote: If your vehicle has double locking, thedirection indicators will only flash twiceonce you have activated double locking.When you lock the doors, the directionindicators will flash once.When you double lock the doors, thedirection indicators will flash three times.When you unlock the doors, the directionindicators will flash once.

Locking and unlocking the doorsfrom inside

E102566

Press the button. For itemlocation: See At a Glance (page10).

Sliding doorNote: The sliding door is inhibited fromopening fully when the fuel filler flap is open.

Opening the sliding doorPull the exterior handle or press the interiorbutton, and open the door. If opened fullyit will lock in place.

Closing the sliding doorPull the exterior handle or press the interiorbutton, and close the door.

Luggage compartment lidPower liftgate

WARNINGSDo not operate the luggagecompartment lid unless it is free fromobstruction.Careless opening and closing of theluggage compartment lid canoverride the protection function and

cause injuries.

WARNINGSDo not place objects on the luggagecompartment lid.Make sure the luggage compartmentlid is fully closed after operation.

CAUTIONSOperate the luggage compartmentlid only when your vehicle isstationary.Make sure there is enough headroomto open the luggage compartment lid.On vehicles with automatictransmission, make sure the selectorlever is in P.In extreme weather conditions,automatic opening and closing willnot work if the luggage compartment

lid is frozen to the seal.

Note: The luggage compartment lid willstop automatically while opening, andreverse some distance if there is an obstaclein the way.Note: The luggage compartment lid willstop automatically while closing, and fullyopen if there is an obstacle in the way.Note: You can manually move the luggagecompartment lid.The luggage compartment lid can beoperated using the remote control, thecentre console switch, the luggagecompartment lid switch or the luggagecompartment lid release handle.

40

Locks

Page 43: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Luggage compartment lid switch

E129838

Remote control and centre consoleswitch

Note: Pressing any button again duringoperation will stop the luggagecompartment lid. A further press will reversethe direction.Note: To operate the centre console switch,the ignition must be on.To open a fully closed luggagecompartment lid, you can either:• Press the button on the remote control

twice within three seconds.• Press the centre console switch or

luggage compartment lid releasehandle.

To fully open a partially opened luggagecompartment lid, you can either:• Press the button on the remote control

twice within three seconds.• Press and hold the button on the

remote control for at least threeseconds.

• Press the centre console switch, theluggage compartment lid switch or theluggage compartment lid releasehandle.

To stop the luggage compartment lid, youcan either:• Press the button on the remote control.

A further remote control operation willbe delayed for approximately threeseconds.

• Press the centre console switch, theluggage compartment lid switch or theluggage compartment lid releasehandle.

Programming the luggage compartmentlid stop position1. Open the luggage compartment lid.2. Stop the luggage compartment lid at

the required height.3. Press and hold the luggage

compartment lid switch for at leastthree seconds. A chime will be heard.

Reprogramming the luggage compartmentlid to a new stop position1. Open the luggage compartment lid.2. Move the luggage compartment lid to

the new required position.3. Press and hold the luggage

compartment lid switch for at leastthree seconds. A chime will be heard.

Closing the luggage compartment lid

WARNINGSThe anti-trap function will bedeactivated when the luggagecompartment lid comes into contact

with the vehicle body.The luggage compartment lid willnot detect obstacles when it comesinto contact with the vehicle body.

Note: Do not leave a passive key in thevehicle when closing the luggagecompartment. A message will be shown inthe display. See Information Messages(page 90).

41

Locks

Page 44: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: A recessed grip is incorporated insidethe luggage compartment lid to facilitatemanual closing.To close the luggage compartment lid, youcan either:• Press the button on the remote control

twice within three seconds.• Press and hold the button on the

remote control for at least threeseconds.

• Press the centre console switch, theluggage compartment lid switch or theluggage compartment lid releasehandle.

E130232

The luggage compartment lid will closeautomatically when it comes into contactwith the vehicle body.

Locking the doors individually withthe keyNote: If the central locking function fails tooperate, the doors can be individually lockedusing the key in the position shown.

C-MAX

E112203

Left-hand sideTurn clockwise to lock.

Right-hand sideTurn anti-clockwise to lock.

Grand C-MAX

E130123

Push to lock.

42

Locks

Page 45: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

UnlockingNote: If the child safety locks have alsobeen activated, pulling the internal lever willonly deactivate the emergency locking andnot the child safety lock. The doors can onlybe opened using the external door handle.Note: If the doors have been unlocked usingthis method, the doors must be lockedindividually until the central locking functionhas been repaired.Unlock the driver's door using the key. Theother doors can be unlocked individuallyby pulling the interior door handles onthose doors.

KEYLESS ENTRYGeneral information

WARNINGThe keyless entry system may notfunction if the key is close to metalobjects or electronic devices such as

mobile phones.

The passive entry system will not functionif:• The vehicle battery is flat.• The passive key frequencies are

jammed.• The passive key battery is flat.Note: If the passive entry system does notfunction, you will need to use the key bladeto lock and unlock your vehicle.The keyless system allows the driver tooperate the vehicle without the use of akey or remote control.

E78276

Passive locking and unlocking requires avalid passive key to be located within oneof the three external detection ranges.These are located approximately one anda half metres from the driver and frontpassenger door handles and the luggagecompartment lid.

Passive keyThe vehicle can be locked and unlockedwith the passive key. The passive key canalso be used as a remote control. SeeLocking and Unlocking (page 39).

Locking the vehicleWARNING

The vehicle does not lock itselfautomatically. If the locking functionis not activated, the vehicle will

remain unlocked.

Note: The ignition will automatically switchoff when you lock your vehicle from theoutside. This is to prevent the vehicle batteryfrom discharging.Note: Do not grab the door handle.

43

Locks

Page 46: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E87384

Touch a front door handle lock sensor tolock the vehicle.To activate central locking and arm thealarm:• Touch a front door handle lock sensor

once.To activate double locking and arm thealarm:• Touch a front door handle lock sensor

twice within three seconds.Note: There must be clearance betweeneach touch of the door handle.Note: Once activated, the vehicle willremain locked for approximately threeseconds. When the delay period is over, thedoors can be opened again, provided thepassive key is within the respectivedetection range.Two short flashes of the directionindicators confirms that all the doors andthe luggage compartment lid have beenlocked and that the alarm has been armed.

Luggage compartment lidNote: The luggage compartment lid cannotbe closed and, will pop back up if thepassive key is located inside the vehicle withthe doors locked.

Note: If a second valid passive key islocated within the rear exterior detectionrange, the luggage compartment lid can beclosed.

Unlocking the vehicleNote: If the vehicle remains locked forlonger than three days, the keyless systemwill enter an energy-saving mode. This is toreduce the discharge of the vehicle battery.When the vehicle is unlocked while in thismode, the reaction time of the system maybe a little longer than normal. Unlocking thevehicle once will deactivate theenergy-saving mode.Note: If the vehicle remains locked forseveral weeks, the keyless system will bedisabled. The vehicle must be unlockedusing the key blade. Unlocking the vehicleonce will enable the keyless system.Note: Do not touch the front door handlelock sensor when opening a door.

E78278

Open any door.Note: A valid passive key must be locatedwithin the detection range of that door.One long flash of the direction indicatorsconfirms that all the doors and the luggagecompartment lid have been unlocked andthat the alarm has been disarmed.

44

Locks

Page 47: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Unlocking only the driver's doorIf the unlocking function is reprogrammedso that only the driver’s door and theluggage compartment lid are unlocked (See Programming the remote control(page 36). ), note the following:If the driver’s door is the first door which isopened, the other doors will remain locked.All the other doors can be unlocked frominside the vehicle by pressing the unlockbutton on the instrument panel. For itemlocation: See At a Glance (page 10).Doors can be unlocked individually bypulling the interior door handles on thosedoors.

Disabled keysAny keys left inside the vehicle interiorwhen it is locked will be disabled.A disabled key cannot be used to turn theignition on or start the engine.In order to use these passive keys again,they have to be enabled.To enable all your passive keys, unlock thevehicle using a passive key or the remotecontrol unlocking function.All passive keys will then be enabled if theignition is turned on or the vehicle is startedusing a valid key.

Locking and unlocking the doorswith the key blade

1

2

1

E87964

1. Carefully remove the cover.2. Remove the key blade and insert it into

the lock.Note: Only the driver's door handle is fittedwith a lock cylinder.

GLOBAL OPENING ANDCLOSINGYou can also operate the electric windowswith the ignition off via the global openingand global closing function.Note: Global closing will only operate if youhave set the memory correctly for eachwindow. See Power Windows (page 71).

45

Locks

Page 48: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Global opening

E71955

To open all the windows, press and holdthe remote control unlock button for atleast three seconds. Press the lock orunlock button to stop the opening function.

Global closingVehicles without keyless entry

WARNINGTake care when using global closing.In an emergency, press the lock orunlock button immediately to stop.

E71956

To close all the windows, press and holdthe remote control lock button for at leastthree seconds. Press the lock or unlockbutton to stop the closing function. Theanti-trap function is also active duringglobal closing.

Vehicles with keyless entry

E87384

WARNINGTake care when using global closing.In an emergency, touch a doorhandle lock sensor to stop.

Note: Global closing can be activated usingthe driver’s door handle. Global opening andclosing can also be activated using thebuttons on the passive key.To close all the windows, press and holdthe driver’s door handle for at least twoseconds. The anti-trap function is alsoactive during global closing.

46

Locks

Page 49: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONThe engine immobiliser is a theft protectionsystem that prevents someone fromstarting the engine with an incorrectlycoded key.

CODED KEYSNote: Do not shield your keys with metalobjects. This may prevent the receiver fromrecognising your key as a valid one.Note: Have all of your remaining keyserased and recoded if you lose a key. Askyour dealer for further information. Havereplacement keys recoded together withyour existing keys.If you lose a key, you can obtain areplacement from your Ford Dealer. Ifpossible, provide them with the keynumber from the tag provided with theoriginal keys. You can also obtainadditional keys from your Ford Dealer.

ARMING THE ENGINEIMMOBILISERThe engine immobiliser is armedautomatically a short time after you haveswitched the ignition off.

DISARMING THE ENGINEIMMOBILISERThe engine immobiliser is disarmedautomatically when you switch the ignitionon with a correctly coded key.

47

Engine immobiliser

Page 50: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONAlarm systemYour vehicle may be equipped with one ofthe following alarm systems:• Perimeter alarm.• Perimeter alarm with interior sensors.• Category one alarm with interior

sensors and battery back-up sounder.

Perimeter alarmThe perimeter alarm is a deterrent againstunauthorised access to your vehiclethrough the doors and the bonnet. It alsoprotects the audio unit.

Interior sensors

E129005

WARNINGThe sensors in the interior lamp unitmust not be covered up. Do notactivate the alarm with full guard if

any persons, animals or other movingobjects are inside the vehicle.

The sensors act as a deterrent againstunauthorised intrusion by sensing anymovement within the vehicle.

Battery back-up sounderThe battery back-up sounder is an extraalarm system which will sound a sirenwhen the alarm is triggered. It is armeddirectly when you lock the vehicle. Thesounder has its own battery and will soundan alarm siren even if someonedisconnects the vehicle battery or thebattery back-up sounder itself.

Triggering the alarmOnce armed, the alarm is triggered in anyof the following ways:• If someone opens a door, the tailgate

or the bonnet without a valid key orremote control.

• If someone removes the audio ornavigation system.

• If the ignition is turned to position I, IIor III without a valid key.

• If the interior sensors detect movementwithin the vehicle.

• On vehicles with a battery back-upsounder, if someone disconnects thevehicle battery or the battery back-upsounder itself.

If the alarm is triggered, the alarm horn willsound for 30 seconds and the hazardwarning flasher will flash for five minutes.Any further attempts to perform one of theabove will trigger the alarm again.

Full and reduced guardFull guardFull guard is the standard setting.In full guard, the interior sensors areactivated when you arm the alarm.Note: This may result in false alarms ifanimals or moving objects are inside thevehicle.

48

Alarm

Page 51: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: False alarms can also be triggeredby the auxiliary heater See Auxiliary Heater(page 106). If you are using the auxiliaryheater, direct the air flow towards thefootwell.

Reduced guardIn reduced guard, the interior sensors aredeactivated when you arm the alarm.Note: You can set the alarm to reducedguard for the current ignition cycle only. Thenext time you switch on the ignition, thealarm will be reset to full guard.

Ask on ExitYou can set the information display to askyou each time which level of guard youwish to set.If you select Ask on Exit, the messageReduced guard? appears in theinstrument cluster display each time youswitch the ignition off.If you wish to arm the alarm with reducedguard, press the OK button when thismessage appears.If you wish to arm the alarm with full guard,leave the vehicle without pressing the OKbutton.

Selecting full or reduced guardNote: Selecting Reduced does not set thealarm permanently to reduced guard. It setsit to reduced guard only for the currentignition cycle. If you regularly set the alarmto reduced guard, select Ask on Exit.You can select full or reduced guard usingthe information display. See GeneralInformation (page 83).

Information messagesSee Information Messages (page 90).

ARMING THE ALARMTo arm the alarm, lock the vehicle. SeeLocks (page 39).

DISARMING THE ALARMVehicles without keyless entryPerimeter alarmDisarm and silence the alarm by unlockingthe doors with the key and switching theignition on with a correctly coded key, orunlocking the doors or the luggagecompartment lid with the remote control.

Category one alarmDisarm and silence the alarm by unlockingthe doors with the key and switching theignition on with a correctly coded keywithin 12 seconds, or unlocking the doorsor the luggage compartment lid with theremote control.

Vehicles with keyless entryNote: A valid passive key must be locatedwithin the detection range of that door forkeyless entry. See Keyless Entry (page 43).

Perimeter alarmDisarm and silence the alarm by unlockingthe doors and switching the ignition on, orunlocking the doors or the luggagecompartment lid with the remote control.

Category one alarmDisarm and silence the alarm by unlockingthe doors and switching the ignition onwithin 12 seconds, or unlocking the doorsor the luggage compartment lid with theremote control.

49

Alarm

Page 52: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ADJUSTING THE STEERINGWHEEL

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheelwhen the vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in thecorrect position. See Sitting in the CorrectPosition (page 109).

1

2

2

E95178

3E95179

WARNINGMake sure that you fully engage thelocking lever when returning it to itsoriginal position.

AUDIO CONTROLSelect the required source on the audiounit.The following functions can be operatedwith the remote control:

Type 1

E129462

BD

C

AE

Volume upASeek up or nextBVolume downCSeek down or previousDModeE

Press the mode button to select the audiosource.

50

Steering Wheel

Page 53: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Type 2

E129463

C

D

A

B

Volume upASeek up or nextBVolume downCSeek down or previousD

Seek, next or previousPress the seek button to:• tune the radio to the next or previous

stored preset• play the next or the previous track.Press and hold the seek button to:• tune the radio to the next station up or

down the frequency band• seek through a track.

VOICE CONTROL

E129464

Pull the button to select or deselect voicecontrol. See Voice control (page 241).

51

Steering Wheel

Page 54: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

WINDSCREEN WIPERS

E128444

A

C

D

B

Single wipeAIntermittent wipe or autowipersBNormal wipeCHigh speed wipeD

Intermittent wipe

C

A B

E128445

Short wipe intervalAIntermittent wipeBLong wipe intervalC

The rotary control can be used to adjustthe intermittent wipe interval.

Automatic wiper systemSome models without autowipers arefitted with a speed-dependent front screenwiper system.When the vehicle is slowed to walkingspeed or is brought to a standstill, thewiper speed will automatically switch tothe next lower wiper speed setting.When the vehicle speed is increased, thewiper speed will return to themanually-chosen setting.Moving the wiper lever when the system isoperating will switch off the system.If the vehicle is again slowed to walkingspeed or is brought to a standstill, thesystem is reactivated.

AUTOWIPERS

CAUTIONSDo not switch autowipers on in dryweather conditions. The rain sensoris very sensitive and the wipers may

operate if dirt, mist or flies hit thewindscreen.

Replace the wiper blades as soon asthey begin to leave bands of waterand smears. If you do not replace

them, the rain sensor will continue todetect water on the windscreen and thewipers will operate, even though themajority of the windscreen is dry.

Fully defrost the windscreen in icyconditions before you switchautowipers on.Switch autowipers off before youenter a car wash.

Note: If autolamps have been switched onin conjunction with autowipers, dippedheadlamps will illuminate automaticallywhen the rain sensor activates thewindscreen wipers continuously.

52

Wipers and Washers

Page 55: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

C

A B

E128445

High sensitivityAOnBLow sensitivityC

If you switch autowipers on, the wipers willnot cycle until water is detected on thewindscreen. The rain sensor will thencontinuously measure the amount of wateron the windscreen and adjust the speedof the wipers automatically.Adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensorusing the rotary control. With lowsensitivity, the wipers will operate whenthe sensor detects a lot of water on thewindscreen. With high sensitivity, thewipers will operate if the sensor detects asmall amount of water on the windscreen.

WINDSCREEN WASHERS

E129188

WARNINGDo not operate the washer for morethan 10 seconds at a time, and neverwhen the reservoir is empty.

Whilst the lever is pulled towards thesteering wheel the washer will work inconjunction with the wipers.After releasing the lever, the wipersoperate for a short time.

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHERSIntermittent wipe

E129193

A B

Intermittent wipeALow speed wipeB

Press the button at the end of the lever tochange between off, intermittent and lowspeed.

53

Wipers and Washers

Page 56: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Reverse gear wipeThe rear wiper will be activatedautomatically when selecting reverse gearif the rear wiper is not already switched onand the front wiper is operating.

Rear window washer

E129194

WARNINGDo not operate the washer for morethan 10 seconds at a time, and neverwhen the reservoir is empty.

While the lever is pushed away from thesteering wheel the washer will work inconjunction with the wipers.After releasing the lever, the wipersoperate for a short time.

HEADLAMP WASHERSThe headlamp washers will operate withthe windscreen washers when theheadlamps are on.Note: To stop the washer fluid reservoiremptying quickly, the headlamp washerswill not operate every time that you use thewindscreen washers.

CHECKING THE WIPERBLADES

E66644

Run the tip of your fingers over the edge ofthe blade to check for roughness.Clean the wiper blade lips with waterapplied with a soft sponge.

CHANGING THE WIPERBLADESWindscreen wiper blades

CAUTIONSSet the windscreen wipers in theservice position to change the wiperblades.You can use the service position inwinter to provide easier access to thewiper blades for freeing them from

snow and ice. The windscreen wipers willreturn to their normal position as soon asyou switch on the ignition so make surethat the outside of the windscreen is freefrom snow and ice before you switch onthe ignition.

54

Wipers and Washers

Page 57: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: The windscreen wiper blades aredifferent in length. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 56). If you installwiper blades of the wrong length, the rainsensor may not work correctly.

Service position

E129989

E129986A

Switch off the ignition and move the wiperlever to position A within three seconds.Release the lever when the windscreenwipers have moved to the service position.

Changing the windscreen wiper bladesSet the windscreen wipers in the serviceposition and lift the wiper arms.

E129990

1

1

21. Press the locking buttons together.2. Rotate and remove the wiper blade.Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locksinto place.3. Install in the reverse order.

Rear window wiper blade1. Lift the wiper arm.

E130060

3

2

2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade from thewiper arm.

3. Disengage the wiper blade from thewiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locksinto place.5. Install in the reverse order.

55

Wipers and Washers

Page 58: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSWindscreen wiper blade lengths

Dimension in mm (inches)

Passenger sideDriver side

630 (24.8)730 (28.7)

56

Wipers and Washers

Page 59: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

LIGHTING CONTROLLighting control positions

E70718

A B C

OffASide and tail lampsBHeadlampsC

Parking lampsCAUTION

Prolonged use of the parking lampswill discharge the battery.

Switch off the ignition.

Both sidesTurn the switch to position B.

One side

E130139

A

B

Right-hand sideALeft-hand sideB

Main and dipped beam

E130140

Push the lever forward to switch betweenmain and dipped beam.

Headlamp flasherPull the lever slightly towards the steeringwheel.

57

Lighting

Page 60: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Home safe lightingSwitch the ignition off and pull thedirection indicator lever towards thesteering wheel to switch the headlampson. You will hear a short tone. Theheadlamps will go off automatically afterthree minutes with any door open, or 30seconds after the last door has beenclosed.The home safe lights can be cancelled byeither pulling the direction indicator levertowards the steering wheel again or byturning the ignition switch ON.

AUTOLAMPS

WARNINGIn severe weather conditions, it maybe necessary to switch yourheadlamps on manually.

Note: If you have switched autolamps on,you can only switch the main beam on whenautolamps has switched the headlamps on.Note: If autolamps have been switched onin conjunction with autowipers, dippedheadlamps will illuminate automaticallywhen the rain sensor activates thewindscreen wipers continuously.

E70719

The headlamps will come on and go offautomatically depending on the ambientlight.The headlamps will remain on for a periodof time after you switch the ignition off.You can adjust the time delay using theinformation display. See InformationDisplays (page 83).

FRONT FOG LAMPS

E70721

WARNINGOnly use the front fog lamps whenvisibility is considerably restricted byfog, snow or rain.

REAR FOG LAMPS

E70720

WARNINGSOnly use the rear fog lamps whenvisibility is restricted to less than 50metres (164 feet).Do not use the rear fog lamps whenit is raining or snowing and visibilityis more than 50 metres (164 feet).

58

Lighting

Page 61: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS- VEHICLES WITH: ADAPTIVEFRONT LIGHTING/XENONHEADLAMPSTo adjust the headlamps for driving on theleft or right hand side of the road, see yourdealer.

HEADLAMP LEVELLINGNote: Vehicles with Xenon headlamps areequipped with automatic headlamplevelling.

E70722A B

Raised headlamp beamsALowered headlamp beamsB

You can adjust the level of the headlampbeams according to the vehicle load.

Recommended headlamp levelling switch positions

Switch positionLoad in luggagecompartment

Load

Third row seatsSecond rowseatsFront seats

0---1-2

0 (0.5)**-2-1-2

1 (0.5)**--31-2

3 (0.5)**Max*-31-2

4 (1.5)**Max*--1* See Vehicle Identification Plate (page 214).** Vehicles with active suspension.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS

E71943

For item location: See At a Glance (page10).

59

Lighting

Page 62: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

DIRECTION INDICATORS

E130141

Note: Tap the lever up or down to make thedirection indicators flash only three times.

CORNERING LAMPS

E72898

B

A

B

A

Headlamp beamACornering lamp beamB

60

Lighting

Page 63: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

The cornering lamps illuminate the insideof a corner when you are turning.

INTERIOR LAMPSInterior lightingNote: Individual lamps may be switched onindependently, but not off if all lamps havebeen switched on by the driver.Note: All other lamps will be eithernon-switchable or with individual readingor dome lamp functionality only.The lamps will come on when you unlockor open a door or the luggagecompartment lid. If you leave a door openwith the ignition switch off, all lamps willgo off automatically after some time toprevent the vehicle battery fromdischarging. To switch them back on,switch on the ignition for a short time.

Side mounted lamp

BCE139419

A

Reading lamp on and off switchADoor function switchBAll lamps on and off switchC

If you press switch B all lamps remain offwhen the door is opened. Press the switchagain to reverse.You can control all lamps using switch C.

Centre mounted lamp

E139420CD

A B

Right-hand side reading lamp onand off switch

A

Left-hand side reading lamp onand off switch

B

Door function switchCAll lamps on and off switchD

If you press switch C all lamps remain offwhen the door is opened. Press the switchagain to reverse.You can control all lamps using switch D.

Ambient lightingIf you leave a door open with the ignitionswitch off, the ambient lamp will go offautomatically after some time to preventthe vehicle battery from discharging.If dark, the ambient lights are active if theignition and headlamps are switched on.

61

Lighting

Page 64: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Ambient lighting illuminates several areas,for example footwells, cup holders anddoors with a single colour and can beswitched on and off using the informationdisplay menu. See General Information(page 83).Use the instrument lighting dimmerswitches to adjust to the desiredbrightness. See Instrument LightingDimmer (page 122).

REMOVING A HEADLAMP

WARNINGHave Xenon bulbs changed by atrained technician. There is a risk ofelectric shock.

1. Open the bonnet. See Opening andClosing the Bonnet (page 185).

E130143

2

2

4

3

2. Remove the screws.

3. Pull the headlamp as far as possibletowards the centre of the vehicle todisengage it from the lower fixing point.

4. Lift the outer side of the headlamp andremove it.

E88875

5. Disconnect the electrical connector.Note: When fitting the headlamp, makesure that you reconnect the electricalconnector properly.Note: When fitting the headlamp, makesure that you fully engage the headlamp inthe lower fixing point.Note: When fitting the headlamp, makesure that the screw is located in theheadlamp moulding before you install it.

CHANGING A BULB

WARNINGSSwitch the lights and the ignition off.

Let the bulb cool down beforeremoving it.Have Xenon bulbs changed by aproperly trained technician. There isa risk of electric shock.

62

Lighting

Page 65: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CAUTIONSDo not touch the glass of the bulb.

Only fit bulbs of the correctspecification. See BulbSpecification Chart (page 69).

Note: The following instructions describehow to remove the bulbs. Fit replacementsin the reverse order unless otherwise stated.

HeadlampNote: Remove the covers to gain access tothe bulbs.

A B C

E130173

Direction indicatorAHeadlamp main beamBHeadlamp dipped beamC

Direction indicator1. Remove the headlamp. See

Removing a Headlamp (page 62).

E130174

2

3

2. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwiseand remove it.

3. Gently press the bulb into the bulbholder, turn it anti-clockwise andremove it.

Headlamp main beam

CAUTIONDo not touch the glass of the bulb.

1. Remove the headlamp. SeeRemoving a Headlamp (page 62).

E130175

4

2

63

Lighting

Page 66: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

2. Remove the cover.3. Disconnect the electrical connector.4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

Headlamp dipped beam

CAUTIONDo not touch the glass of the bulb.

1. Remove the headlamp. SeeRemoving a Headlamp (page 62).

E130176

3

42

2. Remove the cover.3. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwise

and remove it.4. Remove the bulb.

Cornering lamp1. Remove the headlamp. See

Removing a Headlamp (page 62).

E130177

2

4

2. Remove the cover.3. Disconnect the electrical connector.4. Release the clip and remove the bulb.

Side lamp1. Remove the headlamp. See

Removing a Headlamp (page 62).

E130181

2

3

4

2. Remove the cover.3. Remove the bulb holder.4. Remove the bulb.

64

Lighting

Page 67: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Side repeater

E72263

1. Carefully remove the side repeater.

E72291

2. Remove the bulb holder.3. Remove the bulb.

Approach lampNote: Position the mirror glass as farinwards as possible.

1

E72264

1. Insert a screwdriver into the gapbetween the mirror housing and themirror glass and release the metalretaining clip.

E72265

2

3

2. Remove the lamp.3. Remove the bulb.

65

Lighting

Page 68: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Front fog lamps

12

3

E99405

Note: You cannot separate the fog lampbulb from the bulb holder.1. Using a suitable implement, remove

the cover.2. Remove the screws.3. Remove the lamp.

4

E99406

5

4. Disconnect the electrical connector.

5. Turn the bulb holder anti-clockwiseand remove it.

Rear lampsDirection indicator, tail and brake lamp

E130196

1. Remove the trim panel.

E130197

23

2. Disconnect the electrical connector.3. Remove the wing nut.4. Remove the lamp.

66

Lighting

Page 69: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E130198

A

B

5. Remove the bulb holder.6. Gently press the bulb into the bulb

holder, turn it anti-clockwise andremove it.

A. Tail and brake lampB. Direction indicator

Reversing lamp, tail lamp and fog lamp

E130199

1. Remove the trim panel.

E130200

2

2. Remove the wing nut.3. Remove the lamp.

E130201

2

4

5A

B

4. Disconnect the electrical connector.5. Remove the bulb holder.6. Gently press the bulb into the bulb

holder, turn it anti-clockwise andremove it.

A. Reversing lampB. Tail and fog lamp

67

Lighting

Page 70: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Central high mounted brake lamp

E87619

1. Detach the clips.

32 2

E130235

2. Insert a suitable object into the holes.3. Carefully pull the lamp towards the

front of the vehicle to release the springclips.

4

E130236

4. Remove the lamp.

E130205

5

6

5. Remove the bulb holder.6. Remove the bulb.

68

Lighting

Page 71: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Number plate lamp

3

2

1

E72789

1. Carefully release the spring clip.2. Remove the lamp.3. Turn the bulb anti-clockwise and

remove it.

Interior lampsVehicles with LED lampsNote: The LED board is not a serviceableitem, please consult your dealer if this fails.

E125092

Luggage compartment lamp,footwell lamp and tailgate lamp

E72784

1. Carefully prise out the lamp.2. Remove the bulb.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART

Power (watt)SpecificationLamp

21PY21WFront direction indicator

55H1Headlamp main beam

69

Lighting

Page 72: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Power (watt)SpecificationLamp

551H7Headlamp dipped beam

55H1Cornering lamp

55H11Front fog lamp

5W5WSide lamp

5WY5WSide repeater

5W5WApproach lamp

21PY21WRear direction indicator

21/5P21/5WBrake and tail lamp

5W5WTail lamp

21P21WRear fog lamp

21P21WReversing lamp

5W5WNumber plate lamp

5W5WCentral high mounted stop lamp

5W5WLuggage compartment lamp1Fit a replacement with the same rating as the one you have removed.

70

Lighting

Page 73: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

POWER WINDOWS

WARNINGDo not operate the electric windowsunless they are free from obstruction.

Note: If you operate the switches oftenduring a short period of time, the systemmight become inoperable for a certain timeto prevent damage due to overheating.Switch on the ignition to operate theelectric windows.

Global opening and closingYou can also operate the electric windowswith the ignition off via the global openingand closing function. See Locks (page39).

Driver's door switchesYou can operate all the windows with theswitches on the door trim panel of thedriver’s door.

E70848

Opening and closing the windowsautomaticallyPress or lift the switch to the second actionpoint and release it completely. Press orlift it again to stop the windows.

Safety switch for rear windowsWARNING

On some vehicles, pressing theswitch will also lock the rear doorsfrom inside. See Child Safety

Locks (page 25).

Note: You can always operate the rearwindows from the driver’s door.

E70850

A switch in the driver’s door disables therear electric window switches.The light in the switch comes on and thelights in the rear window switches go offwhen the rear windows are disabled.

Anti-trap functionWARNING

Careless closing of the windows canoverride the protection function andcause injuries.

71

Windows and Mirrors

Page 74: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

The electric windows will stopautomatically while closing and reversesome distance if there is an obstacle in theway.

Overriding the anti-trap function

WARNINGWhile you close the window for thethird time, the anti-trap function isdisabled. Make sure there are no

obstacles in the way of the closing window.

To override this protection function whenthere is a resistance, e.g. in the winter,proceed as follows:1. Close the window twice until it reaches

the resistance and let it reverse.2. Close the window a third time to the

resistance. The anti-trap function isdisabled and you cannot close thewindow automatically. The windowwill override the resistance and you canclose it fully.

3. If the window does not close after thethird attempt, have it checked by anexpert.

Resetting the memory of theelectric windows

WARNINGThe anti-trap function is deactivateduntil you have reset the memory.

After the battery has been disconnectedfrom the vehicle you must reset thememory separately for each window:Note: On vehicles with a convertible top,the roof and doors must be fully closedbefore carrying out the following procedure.1. Lift and hold the switch until the

window is fully closed.2. Release the switch.

3. Lift the switch again for one moresecond.

4. Push and hold the switch until thewindow is fully open.

5. Release the switch.6. Lift and hold the switch until the

window is fully closed.7. Open the window and try to close it

automatically.8. Reset and repeat procedure if the

window does not close automatically.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS

WARNINGDo not overestimate the distance ofthe objects that you see in theconvex mirror. Objects seen in

convex mirrors will appear smaller andfurther away than they actually are.

Manual folding mirrorsFoldingPush the mirror towards the door windowglass.

UnfoldingMake sure that you fully engage the mirrorin its support when returning it to itsoriginal position.

72

Windows and Mirrors

Page 75: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ELECTRIC EXTERIORMIRRORS

A CB

E70846

Left-hand mirrorAOffBRight-hand mirrorC

Mirror tilting positions

E70847

The electric exterior mirrors are fitted witha heating element that will defrost ordemist the mirror glass. See HeatedWindows and Mirrors (page 105).

Electric folding mirrorsAutomatic folding and unfoldingNote: If the mirrors have been folded usingthe manual fold button they can only beunfolded using the manual fold button.The mirrors will fold automatically whenyou lock the vehicle with the key, theremote control or a keyless entry systemrequest. The mirrors will unfold when youunlock the vehicle with the key, the remotecontrol, a keyless entry system request,the driver's interior door handle or startingthe engine.

Manual folding and unfoldingThe electric folding mirrors operate withthe ignition on.Note: You can operate the mirrors (mirrortilting and folding) for several minutes afteryou switch off the ignition. They will bedeactivated as soon as a door is opened.

E72623

Press the button to fold or unfold themirrors.

73

Windows and Mirrors

Page 76: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

If you press the switch again while themirrors are moving, they will stop andreverse the direction of movement.Note: When the mirrors are operated oftenduring a short period of time, the systemmay become inoperable for a period of timeto prevent damage due to overheating.

AUTO-DIMMING MIRROR

E71028

The auto-dimming mirror will adjustautomatically when hit by glaring lightfrom behind. It will not work when you haveselected reverse gear.

BLIND SPOT MONITORBlind spot information system(BLIS)

WARNINGSThe system is not designed toprevent contact with other vehiclesor objects. The system only provides

a warning to assist you in detectingvehicles in the blind spot zones. Thesystem will not detect obstacles,pedestrians, motorcyclists or cyclists.

Do not use the system as areplacement for using the side andrear view mirrors, and looking over

your shoulder before changing lanes. Thesystem is not a replacement for carefuldriving and is only to be used as an aid.

The system is a convenience feature thataids the driver in detecting vehicles thatmay have entered the blind spot zone (A).The detection area is on both sides of thevehicle extending rearwards from theexterior mirrors to approximately 3 metres(10 feet) beyond the bumper. The systemwill alert you if certain vehicles enter theblind spot zone whilst driving.

A

A

E124788

Using the systemThe system displays a yellow indicatorlocated in the exterior mirrors.

E124736

Note: Both indicators will illuminate brieflywhen you switch the ignition on to confirmthat the system is operational.

74

Windows and Mirrors

Page 77: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: On vehicles with automatictransmission, the system is active only in S,D and N.The system is only active when you exceed10 km/h (6 mph). The system istemporarily deactivated when you selectreverse gear.

System detection and alertsThe system will trigger the alert for vehiclesthat enter the blind spot zone from the rearor merge from the side. Vehicles that youpass, or vehicles that enter the blind spotzone from the front, will only trigger thealert after the vehicle has remained in theblind spot zone for a short period of time.Note: Vehicles that pass through the blindzone quickly (typically less than 2 seconds)will not trigger the alert.The system consists of two radar sensorseach located behind the rear wheelshidden behind the bumpers.

CAUTIONSDo not place items such as bumperstickers in this area.Repairs to these areas using body fillerwill affect the performance of thesystem.

E124741

Detection limitationsThere may be certain instances wherevehicles entering and exiting the blind spotzones may not be detected.Instances which may cause non-detection:• Debris build up on the rear bumper

panels in the area of the sensors.• Certain manoeuvring of vehicles

entering and exiting the blind zone.• Vehicles passing through the blind zone

at high speed.• Severe weather conditions.• Several vehicles passing through the

blind zone following each other closely.

False alertsNote: False alerts are temporary and willself correct.There may be certain instances when thesystem will alert with no vehicle present inthe blind zone.Circumstances where false alerts mayoccur:• Road guardrails.• Motorway concrete walls.• Construction areas.• Sharp turns around a building.• Bushes and trees.• Cyclists and motorcyclists.• Coming to a stop with a vehicle directly

behind but very close.

Turning the system on and offNote: The on or off position will remain untilmanually changed.You can turn the system on and off usingthe information display. See InformationDisplays (page 83).

75

Windows and Mirrors

Page 78: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

When you turn the system off no furtheralerts will be received. The BLIS warningindicator will illuminate. See WarningLamps and Indicators (page 79).

Detection errorsNote: The alert indicator in the mirror willnot illuminate.If the system senses a fault on eithersensor, the system warning symbol willilluminate and remain on. The informationdisplay will confirm the fault and indicatewhether the left or right side is affected.

Blocked sensor

WARNINGPrior to the system recognizing ablocked condition and issuing awarning, the number of missed

objects will increase.

CAUTIONThe sensors may not detect vehiclesin heavy rain or other conditions thatcause disruptive reflections.

Note: Keep the rear bumper areasurrounding the sensors free from dirt, iceand snow.If a sensor becomes blocked the systemperformance may degrade. A blockedsensor message may be displayed.The system will automatically return tonormal operation once two other vehicleshave been detected on both sides.

Trailer towing false alerts

CAUTIONVehicles fitted with a trailer towmodule not approved by us may notcorrectly be detected. Switch the

system off to avoid false alerts. SeeInformation Displays (page 83).

If the vehicle is fitted with a trailer towmodule approved by us, the system willdetect a connected trailer and deactivate.A confirmation message will be shown inthe information display. See InformationMessages (page 90). The BLIS warningindicator will illuminate. See WarningLamps and Indicators (page 79).

76

Windows and Mirrors

Page 79: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GAUGESType 1

BCDE

A

E130149

Information display. See Information Displays (page 83).ASpeedometerBEngine coolant temperature gaugeCFuel gaugeDTachometerE

77

Instrument Cluster

Page 80: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Type 2

BCDE

A

E130150

Information display. See Information Displays (page 83).ASpeedometerBEngine coolant temperature gaugeCFuel gaugeDTachometerE

Engine coolant temperature gaugeAll vehiclesShows the temperature of the enginecoolant. At normal operating temperature,the needle will remain in the centre section.

CAUTIONDo not restart the engine until thecause of overheating has beenresolved.

If the needle enters the red section, theengine is overheating. Stop the engine,switch the ignition off and determine thecause once the engine has cooled down.See Engine Coolant Check (page 191).

Fuel gaugeThe arrow adjacent to the fuel pumpsymbol indicates on which side of thevehicle the fuel filler cap is located.

78

Instrument Cluster

Page 81: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

WARNING LAMPS ANDINDICATORSThe following warning lamps andindicators illuminate when the ignition isswitched on:• ABS• Airbag• Brake system• ESP off• Frost• Low fuel• Stability control (ESP)If a warning or indicator lamp does notilluminate when the ignition is switchedon, it indicates a malfunction. Have thesystem checked by properly trainedtechnician.

ABS warning lampIf it illuminates when you aredriving, this indicates amalfunction. You will continue

to have normal braking (without ABS).Have the system checked by a properlytrained technician as soon as possible.

Airbag warning lampIf it illuminates when you aredriving, this indicates amalfunction. Have the system

checked by a properly trained technician.

Blind spot monitor indicator

E124823

It will illuminate when thisfeature is deactivated or inconjunction with a message.

See Blind Spot Monitor (page 74). SeeInformation Messages (page 90).

Brake system lampIt illuminates when the parkingbrake is engaged.

WARNINGReduce your speed gradually andstop your vehicle as soon as it is safeto do so. Use your brakes with care.

If it illuminates when you are driving, checkthat the parking brake is not engaged. Ifthe parking brake is not engaged, thisindicates a malfunction. Have the systemchecked by a properly trained technicianimmediately.

Cruise control indicator

E71340

It will illuminate when you haveset a speed using the cruisecontrol system. See Using

Cruise Control (page 158).

Direction indicatorsFlashes during operation. Asudden increase in the rate offlashing warns of a failed

indicator bulb. See Changing a Bulb(page 62).

Engine warning lampIf it illuminates with the enginerunning, this indicates amalfunction. If it flashes when

you are driving, reduce the speed of yourvehicle immediately. If it continues toflash, avoid heavy acceleration ordeceleration. Have the system checked bya properly trained technician immediately.

CAUTIONIf the engine warning lamp illuminatesin conjunction with a message, havethe system checked as soon as

possible.

79

Instrument Cluster

Page 82: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Front fog lamp indicatorIt will illuminate when you switchthe front fog lamps on.

Frost warning lampWARNING

Even if the temperature rises toabove 4°C (39°F) there is noguarantee that the road is free of

hazards caused by inclement weather.

It will illuminate and glow orangewhen the outside airtemperature is between 4°C

(39°F) and 0°C (32°F). It will glow redwhen the temperature is below 0°C(32°F).

Glow plug indicatorSee Starting a Diesel Engine(page 128).

Headlamp indicatorIt will illuminate when you switchthe headlamp dipped beam orthe side and tail lamps on.

Ignition warning lampIf it illuminates when you aredriving, this indicates amalfunction. Switch off all

unnecessary electrical equipment. Havethe system checked by a properly trainedtechnician immediately.

Low fuel level warning lampIf it illuminates, refuel as soon aspossible.

Low tyre pressure warning lampSee Tyre Pressure MonitoringSystem (page 208).

Main beam indicatorIt will illuminate when you switchthe headlamp main beam on. Itwill flash when you use the

headlamp flasher.

Message indicatorIt will illuminate when a newmessage is stored in theinformation display. See

Information Messages (page 90).

Oil pressure warning lampCAUTION

Do not resume your journey if itilluminates despite the level beingcorrect. Have the system checked by

a properly trained technician immediately.

If it stays on after starting orilluminates when driving, thisindicates a malfunction. Stop

your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do soand switch the engine off. Check the engineoil level. See Engine Oil Check (page 190).

Rear fog lamp indicatorIt will illuminate when you switchthe rear fog lamps on.

Seat belt reminderSee Seat belt reminder (page33).

80

Instrument Cluster

Page 83: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Stability control (ESP) indicatorWhile driving, it flashes duringactivation of the system. Afterswitching on the ignition, if it

does not illuminate or illuminatescontinuously while driving, this indicates amalfunction. During a malfunction, thesystem switches off. Have the systemchecked by a properly trained technicianas soon as possible.

If you switch traction control off,the warning lamp will illuminate.The lamp will go out when you

switch the system back on or when youswitch the ignition off.

Start-stop indicatorIt will illuminate to inform youwhen the engine shuts down orin conjunction with a message.

See Using start-stop (page 133). SeeInformation Messages (page 90).

AUDIBLE WARNINGS ANDINDICATORSSwitching the chimes on and offYou can deactivate certain chimes usingthe Information display control. For itemlocation: See At a Glance (page 10).To set which chimes should sound:1. Press the left arrow button on the

steering wheel to enter the main menu.2. Highlight Settings with the up and

down arrow buttons and press the rightarrow button.

3. Highlight Chimes and press the rightarrow button.

4. Highlight Information or Warning andpress the OK button to switch thechime on and off.

5. Press the left arrow button to exit themenu. Press and hold the left arrowbutton to return to the main menudisplay.

Automatic transmissionIf position P is not selected, a warningchime will sound when the driver’s door isopened.

FrostWARNING

Even if the temperature rises toabove +4°C (39°F) there is noguarantee that the road is free of

hazards caused by inclement weather.

A warning chime will sound in the followingconditions:• +4°C (39°F) or lower: frost warning• 0°C (32°F) or lower: danger of icy

roads.

Key outside carVehicles with keyless entryIf the engine is running and a passive keyis no longer detected within the vehicleinterior, a chime will sound.

Key-in-ignitionA warning tone will sound when any dooris opened if the vehicle exceeds a relativelylow speed.

Lights onA warning chime will sound if the driver’sdoor is opened with the exterior lightsswitched on and the ignition switched off.

81

Instrument Cluster

Page 84: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Low fuelA warning chime will sound when theremaining fuel is less than 8 litres (1.8gallons).

Luggage compartment lid - powerliftgateDuring operation and programming, thesystem may sound various chimes:• One short chime indicates that the

liftgate will start to open or close.• Two short chimes during opening or

closing will indicate that an obstaclehas been detected.

• Three short chimes indicate that theliftgate will not operate.

• One long chime confirms successfulprogramming of an end stop position.

See Locking and Unlocking (page 39).

Seat belt reminderWARNINGS

The seat belt reminder remains instand-by mode when the front seatbelts have been fastened. It will be

reactivated if either seat belt is unfastened.Do not sit on top of a fastened seatbelt to prevent the seat belt reminderfrom coming on. The occupant

protection system will only provideoptimum protection when you use the seatbelt properly.

When the vehicle’s speed exceeds thepre-determined limit, a warning chime willsound if either of the front seat belts areunfastened. The chime will stop after fourminutes.

Grand C-MAX rear seat belt reminder

WARNINGIf multiple belts are unfastenedwithin a few seconds of each other,only one audible chime will sound.

When the vehicle’s speed exceeds thepre-determined limit, a warning chime willsound if a rear seat belt is unfastened.See Seat belt reminder (page 33).

82

Instrument Cluster

Page 85: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATIONNote: The information display will remainon for several minutes after you switch offthe ignition.Various systems on your vehicle can becontrolled using the information displaycontrols on the steering column.Corresponding information is displayed inthe information display.For detailed instructions on navigation,refer to the appropriate manual.

Device listThe icon changes to show the currentfunction in use.

CD

Radio

Auxiliary input

Phone

Settings

ControlsPress the up and down arrow buttons toscroll through and highlight the optionswithin a menu.Press the right arrow button to enter asub-menu.Press the left arrow button to exit a menu.Hold the left arrow button pressed at anytime to return to the main menu display(escape button).Press the OK button to choose andconfirm a setting.

Menu structure - informationdisplayAll vehiclesYou can access the menu using theInformation display control. For itemlocation: See At a Glance (page 10).

83

Information Displays

Page 86: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Trip Computer Trip odometerDist to emptyInstant fuelAverage fuel

Average speedOutside airAll values

Traction ctrl

Hill start assistBLIS

Display

Driver assist

Deflation detection

SeatbeltsAuto StartStop

Auto light rain

DimmingAmbient light

Lighting

AutoManualSet

Hdlamp delay Manual20 seconds40 seconds60 seconds

Information

Settings

B CAE130509

Ford EcoMode Gear shiftingAnticipationSpeedFord EcoMode

EnglishDeutschItalianoFrançaisEspañolTürkçePyccкийNederlandsPolski

PortuguêsSvenska

Language

Always onOn demandAlways off

Navigation info

84

Information Displays

Page 87: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Chimes

Convenience

Park slot found

WarningInformation

Aux heaterPark heater

Alarm

Time 1Time 2OnceHeat nowFull guardReducedAsk on exit

System check

B CA

E130510

Measure unit l/100kmMiles/Gallon

Temp unit °Celsius°Fahrenheit

Menu structure - information andentertainment displayYou can access the menu using thebuttons on the audio or navigation unit.

85

Information Displays

Page 88: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

All vehicles

CD

FMFM ASTDAB1DAB2AM

Adaptive volume

iPODUSBBluetooth audioLine in

AM AST

Radio

Auxiliary

Dial numberPhone bookCall listsBluetoothRedialSelect phoneReject all calls

Phone

Audio settingsSoundNav audio mixingDSP settingsDSP equaliserNewsAlt frequencyRDS regionalDAB service linkBluetoothSet timeClock settingsSet dateGPS timeSet time zoneSummertime24-hour mode

Menu

E130532

Menu structure - information andentertainment displayYou can access the menu using theInformation and entertainment displaycontrol. For item location: See At aGlance (page 10).

86

Information Displays

Page 89: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Vehicles with navigation system

Navigation RouteRoute sections listBlock next section

Destination inputUnblock rt sectn

Unblock rt sectn

EcoFastShortAlways askLeisurelyNormalFast

Driver

Active guidance

City/postcodeStreetDistrictStart guidance

Country

TrafficTMC messagesBlock next sectionRoute sections list

TA

Points of interestNear destinationAlong motorwayPOIs near addressSearch by name

POIs nearby

Home address

Last destinationsChange addressStart guidance

Route options Route

Tour planningStored tours

Store position

New tour

Favourites Favourites A-Z

B CAE130534

87

Information Displays

Page 90: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CD

Special functions

TrailerRoof box

Eco settings

MotorwayTunnelFerry/motorailTollSeasonal roads

Dynamic

Toll sticker

See separate menu structureRadio See separate menu structureAuxiliary See separate menu structurePhone See separate menu structure

Menu Navigation

System infoEnter positionDemo mode

GPS info

DriverEco SettingsDynamicMotorwayTunnelFerry/motorailTollSeasonal roads

Route

Toll sticker

Route options

Arrows on mapNav time displayMap heading upBest contrast

Map contentMap display

B C

CB

A

E130535

88

Information Displays

Page 91: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Audio SettingsClock Settings

Signs/lanesSpeed limitsNav icons in lists

Clear last destinationClear favouritesDelete home addressClear all

Assistance options

Personal data

Reset all settings

See separate menu structureSee separate menu structure

B C

E130536

TRIP COMPUTERTrip OdometerRegisters the mileage of individualjourneys.

Distance to emptyIndicates the approximate distance thevehicle will travel on the fuel remaining inthe tank. Changes in driving pattern maycause the value to vary.

Instantaneous fuel consumptionIndicates the current average fuelconsumption.

Average fuel consumptionIndicates the average fuel consumptionsince the function was last reset.

Average speedIndicates the average speed calculatedsince the function was last reset.

Outside air temperatureShows the outside air temperature.

OdometerRegisters the total mileage of the vehicle.

Resetting the trip computerTo reset a particular display:1. Highlight Trip Computer with the up

and down arrow buttons and press theright arrow button.

2. Highlight the function to be reset.3. Hold the OK button pressed.

PERSONALISED SETTINGSLanguage settingA choice of eleven languages are available:English, German, Italian, French, Spanish,Turkish, Russian, Dutch, Polish, Swedishand Portuguese.

89

Information Displays

Page 92: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Measure unitsTo toggle between metric and imperialunits, scroll to this display and press theOK button.Toggling the units of measure using thisdisplay will affect the following displays:• Distance to empty.• Average fuel consumption.• Instantaneous fuel consumption.• Average speed.

Temperature unitsTo toggle between metric and imperialunits, scroll to this display and press theOK button.Toggling the temperature units using thisdisplay will affect the following displays:• Outside air temperature.• The temperature display in the

automatic climate control.

Chime deactivationThe following chimes can be deactivated:• Warning messages.• Information messages.

INFORMATION MESSAGESNote: Certain messages may beabbreviated or shortened depending uponwhich cluster type you have.

E130248

Press the OK button to acknowledge andremove some messages from theinformation display. Other messages willbe removed automatically after a shorttime.Certain messages need to be confirmedbefore you can access the menus.

Message indicatorThe message indicatorilluminates to supplement somemessages. It will be red or amber

depending on the severity of the messageand will remain on until the cause of themessage has been rectified.

Airbag

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberAirbag malfunction service now

90

Information Displays

Page 93: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Alarm

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

See Alarm (page 48).amberAlarm triggered check vehicle

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician.-Alarm malfunction service

required

Battery and charging system

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Stop your vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so and switch off theignition. Have the system checkedby a properly trained technician assoon as possible.

redElectrical system overvoltage stopsafely

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberBattery low check handbook

Blind spot monitor

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

See Blind Spot Monitor (page74).amberBLIS sensor blocked check hand-

book

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberBLIS: right sensor fault servicerequired

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberBLIS: left sensor fault servicerequired

See Blind Spot Monitor (page74).amberBLIS not available trailer attached

91

Information Displays

Page 94: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Child power lock

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberChild lock malfunction servicerequired

Doors open

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and close.redDriver door open

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and close.redDriver side rear door open

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and close.redPassenger door open

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and close.redPassenger side rear door open

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and close.redLuggage compartment lid open

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and close. See Openingand Closing the Bonnet (page185).

redBonnet open

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician.-Power tailgate malfunction service

required

92

Information Displays

Page 95: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Engine immobiliser

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Your key has not been recognised.Remove the key and try again.amberImmobiliser active check hand-

book

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberImmobiliser malfunction servicerequired

Hill start assist

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician.amberHill start assist not available

Keyless entry

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

See Keyless Entry (page 43).redFord KeyFree key not inside car

See Keyless Entry (page 43).amberFord KeyFree key inside vehicle

See Keyless Entry (page 43).-Ford KeyFree Place key in keyholder

See Keyless Entry (page 43).-Ford KeyFree no key detected

See Changing the remotecontrol battery (page 36).-Key battery low replace soon

See Steering Wheel Lock (page127).-Steering lock engaged turn

steering wheel

93

Information Displays

Page 96: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Lighting

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberHeadlamp malfunction servicerequired

One or both of the brake lampbulbs have blown. Check the brakelamp bulbs. See Changing aBulb (page 62).

-Brake lamp bulb fault

One or both of the side or tail lampbulbs have blown. Check the sideand tail lamp bulbs. See Chan-ging a Bulb (page 62).

-Park lamp bulb fault

One or both of the rear fog lampbulbs have blown. Check the rearfog lamp bulbs. See Changing aBulb (page 62).

-Rear fog lamp bulb fault

One or both of the headlampdipped beam bulbs have blown.Check the headlamp dipped beambulbs. See Changing a Bulb(page 62).

-Dipped beam bulb fault

One or both of the brake lampbulbs on your trailer have blown.Check the brake lamp bulbs onyour trailer.

-Trailer brake lamp bulb fault

One or both of the direction indic-ator bulbs on your trailer haveblown. Check the direction indic-ator bulbs on your trailer.

-Trailer turn lamp bulb fault

94

Information Displays

Page 97: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Maintenance

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Stop your vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so and switch off theignition. Have the system checkedby a properly trained technician assoon as possible.

redHigh engine temperature stopsafely

Check the brake fluid level. SeeBrake and Clutch Fluid Check(page 191).

redBrake fluid level low service now

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible. Have the systemchecked by a properly trainedtechnician immediately.

redBrake system malfunction stopsafely

Stop the vehicle as soon as safelypossible and switch off the engineimmediately. Have the systemchecked by a properly trainedtechnician immediately.

redEngine malfunction service now

See Engine Oil Check (page 190).amberEngine oil level low check level

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberWater detected in fuel servicerequired

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberEngine malfunction service now

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician.-Engine oil change due

Check the washer fluid level. SeeWasher Fluid Check (page 192).-Washer fluid level low

95

Information Displays

Page 98: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Power steering

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Stop your vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so and switch off theignition. Have the system checkedby a properly trained technician assoon as possible.

redSteering lock malfunction stopsafely

Stop your vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so and switch off theignition. Have the system checkedby a properly trained technician assoon as possible.

redSteering loss stop safely

Power steering. Full steering willbe maintained but you will needto exert greater force on thesteering wheel. Have the systemchecked by a properly trainedtechnician as soon as possible.

amberSteering assist malfunction servicerequired

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician.amberSteering malfunction service now

Stability control (ESP)

ActionIndicatorMessage

See General Information (page 83).amberTraction control off

Starting the engine

ActionMessageindicatorMessage

See Keyless Starting (page 129).redFord KeyFree switchignition off pressPOWER

See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 130).amberDrive to clean exhaustfilter check handbook

See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 130).amberEngine malfunctionservice now

96

Information Displays

Page 99: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ActionMessageindicatorMessage

See Keyless Starting (page 129).-Press brake to start

See Keyless Starting (page 129).-Press clutch to start

See Keyless Starting (page 129).-Press brake and clutchto start

See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 130).-Engine preheating

See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 130).-Cleaning exhaust filter

See Diesel Particulate Filter (page 130).-Filter cleaningcomplete

Start-stop

ActionMessageindicatorMessage

Switch the ignition off before leaving the vehicleif the system has shut down the engine. SeeUsing start-stop (page 133).

redAuto StartStop Switchignition off

The engine needs to be restarted, press the clutchpedal to start. See Using start-stop (page 133).-Auto StartStop Press

clutch to start engine

Select neutral for the system to restart the engine.See Using start-stop (page 133).-Auto StartStop Select

neutral

The system is not functioning. A manual restart isrequired.-Auto StartStop Manual

Start required

Transmission

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

Under certain driving conditions itis possible that the clutches in thetransmission can overheat. Inthese circumstances it is neces-sary to press the brake pedal andstop the vehicle to prevent further

redTransmission too hot press brake

overheating. Select N(NEUTRAL) or P (PARK) and

97

Information Displays

Page 100: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

apply the foot brake and parkingbrake until the transmission hascooled and the message disap-pears from the display. If thevehicle is driven with this messageactive you may experience vehiclejudder as a further overheatwarning.

The transmission is too hot. Inthese extreme conditions thetransmission will disengage drivein order to prevent damage due tooverheating. You will not be ableto drive until the transmission hasredTransmission overheating stop

safely cooled. Select N (NEUTRAL) orP (PARK) and apply the footbrake and parking brake until thetransmission has cooled and themessage disappears from thedisplay.

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

redTransmission malfunction servicenow

Under certain driving conditions itis possible that the clutches in thetransmission can overheat. Inthese circumstances it is neces-sary to press the brake pedal andstop the vehicle to prevent furtheramberTransmission too hot press brake overheating. Select N(NEUTRAL) or P (PARK) andapply the foot brake and parkingbrake until the transmission hascooled and the message disap-pears from the display.

Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician assoon as possible.

amberTransmission limited functioncheck handbook

98

Information Displays

Page 101: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

At low outside temperatures, afterstarting the engine, it may take thetransmission several seconds toengage R (REVERSE) or D(DRIVE). Keep the brake pedaldepressed until these messagesdisappear from the display.

-Transmission warming up pleasewait

See Automatic Transmission(page 141). See Starting andStopping the Engine (page 127).

-Transmission not in Park select P

Tyre pressure monitoring system

ActionMessage indic-atorMessage

The pressure in one or more tyreshas dropped. Check as soon aspossible.

amberCheck tyre pressures

Permanent malfunction. Haveyour vehicle checked by a properlytrained technician.

amberTyre pressure sys malfunctionservice required

99

Information Displays

Page 102: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONOutside airKeep the air intakes forward of thewindscreen free from obstruction (snow,leaves etc.) to allow the climate controlsystem to function effectively.

Recirculated airCAUTION

Prolonged use of recirculated air maycause the windows to mist up. If thewindows mist up, follow the settings

for defrosting and demisting thewindscreen.

The air currently in the passengercompartment will be recirculated. Outsideair will not enter the vehicle.

HeatingHeating performance depends on thetemperature of the engine coolant.

Air conditioningNote: The air conditioning operates onlywhen the temperature is above 4°C (39°F).Note: If you use the air conditioning, thefuel consumption of your vehicle will behigher.Air is directed through the evaporatorwhere it is cooled. Humidity is extractedfrom the air to help keep the windows freeof mist. The resulting condensation isdirected to the outside of the vehicle andit is therefore normal if you see a smallpool of water under your vehicle.

General information on controllingthe interior climateFully close all the windows.

Warming the interiorDirect the air towards your feet. In cold orhumid weather conditions, direct some ofthe air towards the windscreen and thedoor windows.

Cooling the interiorDirect the air towards your face.

AIR VENTSCentre air vents

E129788

E129789

100

Climate Control

Page 103: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Side air vent

E129787

Second row air vents

E129790

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROLAir distribution control

E74660

A

CB D

E

Face levelAFace level and footwellBFootwellCFootwell and windscreenDWindscreenE

You can set the air distribution control toany position between the symbols.

101

Climate Control

Page 104: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Blower

E75470

A

OffANote: If you switch the blower off, thewindscreen may mist up.

Recirculated air

E73059

Press the button to toggle between outsideair and recirculated air.

Heating the interior quickly

E129884

Ventilation

E129885

Set the air distribution control, blower andair vents to suit your requirements.

Air conditioningSwitching the air conditioning on andoff

If you turn the blower off, the airconditioning will turn off. When you turnthe blower on again, the air conditioningwill come on automatically.

Cooling with outside air

E129886

Cooling the interior quickly

E129887

102

Climate Control

Page 105: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

With the heater control in this position, theair conditioning and recirculated air willswitch on automatically.You can switch the air conditioning andrecirculated air on and off.

Defrosting and demisting thewindscreen

E129888

When the temperature is above 4°C(39°F), the air conditioning will switch onautomatically. Make sure that the bloweris on. The indicator in the switch willilluminate during defrosting and demisting.If you move the air distribution control toa position other than windscreen, the A/Cwill remain on.You can switch the air conditioning andrecirculated air on and off while the airdistribution control is set to windscreenIf necessary, switch the heated windowson. See Heated Windows and Mirrors(page 105).

Reducing interior air humidity

E129889

AUTOMATIC CLIMATECONTROL

E140019

The system controls the temperature,amount and distribution of the air flowautomatically and adjusts them accordingto the driving and weather conditions.Pressing the AUTO button once switcheson the auto mode.The system in your vehicle is dual-zoneautomatic climate control. When thesystem is in mono mode, all thetemperature zones are linked to the driver'szone. When you switch mono mode off,the dual-zone system allows you to setdifferent temperatures for the driver's andfront passenger's side.Note: Avoid adjusting the settings whenthe vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold.The automatic climate control adjusts tothe current circumstances automatically.For the system to function properly, the sideand centre vents should be fully open.Note: The sunload sensor is located on topof the instrument panel. Do not cover thesensor with any objects.Note: At low outside temperatures, whenthe system is in auto mode, the air streamwill be directed to the windscreen and theside windows as long as the engine is cold.

103

Climate Control

Page 106: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Setting the temperature

E91391

You can set the temperature between15.5°C (60°F) and 29.5°C (85°F) in stepsof 0.5°C (1°F). In position LO, 15°C (59°F),the system will switch to permanentcooling. In position HI, 30°C (86°F), thesystem will switch to permanent heating.Note: If either position LO or HI is selected,the system will not regulate a stabletemperature.

Mono modeIn mono mode, the temperature settingsfor both the driver’s and passenger’s sideare linked. If you adjust the temperatureusing the rotary control on the driver’s side,the settings will be adjusted to the samesetting on the passenger’s side. In monomode, MONO appears in the display.

To switch mono mode offSelect a temperature for the passenger’sside with the rotary control on thepassenger’s side. Mono mode will switchoff and MONO disappears from thedisplay. The temperature for the driver’sside will remain unchanged. You can nowadjust the driver and passenger sidetemperatures independently of eachanother. The temperature settings for eachside are shown in the display. You can seta temperature difference of up to 4°C(8°F).Note: If you set a temperature differenceof greater than 4°C (8°F), the temperatureon the other side will be adjusted so thatthe difference remains 4°C (8°F).

Note: If you set one of the sides to HI or LO,both sides will be set to HI or LO.

To switch mono mode back on

E70306

To switch mono mode back on,press the MONO button.MONO reappears in the display

and the passenger’s side temperature willbe adjusted to the driver’s sidetemperature.

BlowerUse the buttons to adjust theblower speed.The blower setting is indicated

in the display.To return to auto mode, press the AUTObutton.

Air distributionTo adjust air distribution, press the desiredbutton. Any combination of settings canbe selected simultaneously.

E70308

A B C

FootwellAFace levelBWindscreenC

When you select windscreen defrostingand demisting, A, B and C switch offautomatically and the air conditioningswitches on. Outside air will flow into thevehicle. You cannot select recirculated air.

104

Climate Control

Page 107: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Windscreen defrosting anddemisting

E91392

Press the windscreen defrostingand demisting button. Outsideair will flow into the vehicle. Air

conditioning is automatically selected. Aslong as the air distribution is set to thisposition, you cannot select recirculated air.The blower speed and the temperaturecontrol operate automatically and cannotbe adjusted manually. The blower is set tohigh speed and the temperature to HI.When you select windscreen defrostingand demisting, the heated screens switchon automatically and switch off after ashort time.To return to auto mode, press the AUTObutton.

Switching the air conditioning onand off

Press the A/C button to switchthe air conditioning on and off.A/C OFF appears in the display

when the air conditioning is switched off.A/C ON appears in the display when theair conditioning is switched on.

Recirculated airPress the recirculated air buttonto toggle between outside airand recirculated air.

Note: When the system is in auto mode andthe interior and exterior temperatures arequite hot, the system selects recirculatedair automatically to maximise cooling of theinterior. Once the selected temperature isreached, the system will reselect outside airautomatically.

Switching off the automaticclimate control

E91394

Press the OFF button.When switched off, the heating,ventilation and air conditioning

system is switched off and recirculated airis selected.

HEATED WINDOWS ANDMIRRORSHeated windowsUse the heated windows to defrost ordemist the windscreen or rear window.Note: The heated windows operate onlywhen the engine is running.

Heated windscreen

E72506

Heated rear window

E72507

Vehicles without auxiliary heaterIf the ambient temperature is below 5°C(41°F) and the engine coolant is below65°C (149°F), the heated windscreen andheated rear window will switch onautomatically. They will switch offautomatically.

Heated exterior mirrorsElectric exterior mirrors are fitted with aheating element that will defrost or demistthe mirror glass. They will switch onautomatically when you switch the heatedrear window on.

105

Climate Control

Page 108: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

AUXILIARY HEATERParking heater

WARNINGSThe parking heater must not beoperated at filling stations, nearsources of combustible vapours or

dust or in enclosed spaces.The parking heater should beswitched on for approximately 10minutes at least once a month all

year round. This prevents the water pumpand heater motor from seizing.

Note: The parking heater will only operateif there is at least 7.5 litres (1.6 gallons) offuel in the fuel tank and the ambienttemperature is below 15°C (59°F). Theheater will not operate if the battery is low.Note: The heating depends on the outsideair temperature.Note: When the parking heater is activated,exhaust fumes may come from under thesides of the vehicle. This is normal.Note: On vehicles with manual climatecontrol the heating of the vehicle interior isdependent on the temperature, airdistribution and blower control settings.The parking heater operates independentlyof the vehicle heater by heating theengine’s coolant circuit. It is fed from thevehicle fuel tank. You can also use it whilethe vehicle is in motion to help the vehicleheater warm up the interior more quickly.Used properly, the parking heater providesthe following benefits:

• It preheats the interior of the vehicle.• It keeps the windows clear of ice in the

event of frost and preventscondensation.

• It avoids cold starts and allows theengine to reach operating temperaturesooner.

To prevent the battery from discharging:• Once the parking heater has performed

one heating cycle, the nextprogrammed heating cycle will only becarried out if you have started thevehicle’s engine in between.

• After a heating cycle, drive the vehiclefor at least the period of the heatingcycle.

Programming the parking heaterNote: The programmed time is the time atwhich you wish the vehicle to be warm andready to drive, not the time at which theheater switches on.Note: You must programme the times atleast 70 minutes in advance of the time youwish to set.Note: You must set the time and datecorrectly. See Clock (page 122).To programme the heating times:1. Use the arrow buttons on the steering

wheel to enter the main menu. SeeInformation Displays (page 83).

2. Select the park heater option.

106

Climate Control

Page 109: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E136301

Once

Program 1Program 2

Heat now

Park Heater

• The two time functions allow you toprogramme up to two heating cyclesfor each day of the week. These timeswill remain stored and the heater willwarm up the vehicle at these times onthese days every week.

• The function once allows you toprogramme one heating cycle for onespecific day.

• The function Heat now automaticallyswitches on the heater.

Programming the functions Program 1and Program 2

E74468

FridayThursday

TuesdayMonday

Wednesday

[07:55]

Program 1

1. Use the arrow buttons on the steeringwheel to enter the main menu.

2. Select the first programme time list.3. Highlight the day on which the heater

should warm up the vehicle.4. Press the OK button.5. Continue in the same way to select all

the days on which the heater shouldwarm up the vehicle.

6. To set the time at which the vehicleshould be warmed up, highlight thetime at the top of the display and pressthe OK button. The hours start to flash.

7. Adjust the hours and minutes asnecessary.

You can use the second programme timelist to set a second cycle, for exampledifferent times on different days or twiceon the same day. The programmingprocedure is the same as for the firstprogramme timer..

Deactivating the programmed heater1. Use the arrow buttons on the steering

wheel to enter the main menu.2. Uncheck the active program session.

Programming the heater for a singlecycle1. Select Once and press the right arrow

button.2. Press the OK button and set the

required time and date.3. Press OK to confirm the set time and

date.

Activating the heater manuallyHighlight Heat now and press the OKbutton. A cross appears in the box whenthe heater is activated.To deactivate the heater, uncheck theHeat now function.

107

Climate Control

Page 110: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Fuel operated heater (dependingon country)

WARNINGThe fuel operated heater must notbe operated at filling stations, nearsources of combustible vapours or

dust or in enclosed spaces.

The fuel operated heater aids in warmingthe engine and the vehicle interior onvehicles with a diesel engine. It is switchedon or off automatically depending on theoutside air temperature and the coolanttemperature, unless you have deactivatedit.To deactivate the fuel operated heater:1. Highlight Aux. Heater and press the

OK button. A cross appears in the boxwhen the heater is activated.

Diesel auxiliary heater (dependingon country)The diesel auxiliary heater (PTC electricalheater) aids in warming the engine and thevehicle interior on vehicles with a dieselengine. It is switched on or offautomatically depending on the outsideair temperature, the coolant temperatureand the alternator load.

108

Climate Control

Page 111: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

SITTING IN THE CORRECTPOSITION

E68595

WARNINGSDo not adjust the seats when thevehicle is moving.Only when you use the seat beltproperly, can it hold you in a positionthat allows the airbag to achieve its

optimum effect.

When you use them properly, the seat,head restraint, seat belt and airbags willprovide optimum protection in the eventof a collision. We recommend that you:• sit in an upright position with the base

of your spine as far back as possible.• do not recline the seatback more than

30 degrees.• adjust the head restraint so that the

top of it is level with the top of yourhead and as far forwards as possible,remaining comfortable.

• keep sufficient distance betweenyourself and the steering wheel. Werecommend a minimum of 250millimetres (10 inches) between yourbreastbone and the airbag cover.

• hold the steering wheel with your armsslightly bent.

• bend your legs slightly so that you canpress the pedals fully.

• position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt over the centre of your shoulderand position the lap strap tightly acrossyour hips.

Make sure that your driving position iscomfortable and that you can maintain fullcontrol of your vehicle.

MANUAL SEATSMoving the seats backwards andforwards

E130249

WARNINGRock the seat backwards andforwards after releasing the lever tomake sure that it is fully engaged in

its catch.

109

Seats

Page 112: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Adjusting the lumbar support

E78058

Adjusting the height of the driver’sseat

E70730

Adjusting the angle of theseatback

E130250

HEAD RESTRAINTSAdjusting the head restraint

WARNINGSRaise the rear head restraint whenthe rear seat is occupied by apassenger.When using a forward facing childrestraint on a rear seat, alwaysremove the head restraint from that

seat.

E66539

Adjust the head restraint so that the topof it is level with the top of your head.

110

Seats

Page 113: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Removing the head restraint Press the locking buttons and remove thehead restraint.

POWER SEATS

E78060

111

Seats

Page 114: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

REAR SEATS

WARNINGSWhen folding or unfolding the seats,take care not to get your fingerscaught between the seatback and

seat frame.Rock the seat backwards andforwards after moving to make surethat it is fully engaged in its catch.Make sure the rear of the seat is freefrom obstruction when moving itrearwards.When folding the seatbacks up,make sure that the belts are visibleto an occupant and not caught

behind the seat.

Note: Fully lower the head restraint whenfolding the seats. See Head Restraints(page 110).

Second row seats - C-MAXComfort seat system

WARNINGDo not slide the outboard seatsrearwards into the comfort positionif the centre seat is folded forwards.

There is a risk of injury in the event of anaccident or if the centre seat falls backdown.

CAUTIONDo not fold the seatback forwardwhen the seat is fully to the rear in thecomfort position. Slide the seat fully

forwards.

The centre seat can be folded up and theoutboard seats moved rearwards andslightly inboard to provide more leg andshoulder room for the rear passengers.

1. Remove the luggage cover. SeeLuggage Covers (page 163).

E78062

2. Pull the release lever on the undersideof the seat.

E78063

Note: The complete seat will moverearwards as the seat cushion is folded up.

112

Seats

Page 115: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

3. Fold the seat back until it engages.

E78064

Note: As the seats slide rearwards, theyalso move slightly inboard.4. Pull the lever on the outer front edge

of the outboard seats and push theseats rearwards.

To return the seats to the forward position,pull the lever and slide the seats forwards.To return the centre seat to its originalposition, pull the lever on the underside ofthe seat. Fold the centre seat forwards andpush it back down fully until it engages.Install the luggage cover. See LuggageCovers (page 163).

Folding the seatbacks down

WARNINGDo not place hot drinks in the cupholders when the vehicle is moving.

Note: All three seatbacks can be foldedforward independently of one another.Note: A table surface and cup holders arelocated on the rear of the centre seatback.

E78066

Remove the seat belts from the belt guideson the outboard seatbacks. The seat belttongues must be inserted into the retainingslots. See Fastening the seat belts(page 29).

E135599

Pull the lever on the side of the seatbackand fold the seatback forwards. Push itdown until it engages.

113

Seats

Page 116: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Folding the seatbacks up

WARNINGMake sure the seatback is fullyengaged in its latch.

Note: When in use, the rear seat beltsshould be placed in the belt guides on theoutboard seatbacks. See Fastening theseat belts (page 29).

E135808

Pull the lever on the seatback and lift theseatback up.

Folding the seats forwardNote: To increase the space in the luggagecompartment, the rear seats can be foldedforward.Note: All three seats can be folded forwardindependently of one another.Note: If one or both outboard seats is to befolded forward together with the centreseat, fold the centre seat forward first.

Note: If only the outboard seats are to befolded forward, the centre seatback mustbe left in the upright position.Fold the seatback down. See Folding theseatbacks down.

E135956

E135957

22

1

Pull the lower bar on the rear of the seatsto release them from the floor and fold theseats forward.

WARNINGAlways attach the retaining strap tothe front head restraint when a rearseat is folded forwards.

114

Seats

Page 117: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E78071

Pull out and attach the retaining straps tothe front head restraints to hold the foldedseats in the upright position.

Returning the seats to the seatingposition

WARNINGSTo avoid injury, take care whenfolding the seats down.Make sure that the locking hole onthe floor is clear of sand, rock or anyobjects which may prevent the seat

from locking.When the retaining strap is detachedfrom the head restraint, it will recoilback into the seat.

Note: If one or both outboard seats arefolded forward together with the centreseat, the outboard seats must be foldedback down first.

E78073

X

Before folding the seats back down, pullthe lower bar on the rear of each seat andcheck that the latches are in the extendedposition.Detach the retaining straps.

WARNINGMake sure the seat is securely lockedby pushing forward and rearward onthe top of the seatback or by trying

to pull up the edge of the cushion.

E78074

121

115

Seats

Page 118: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Fold the seats back down until theyengage.Raise the seatbacks. See Folding theseatbacks up.Install the rear seatbelts in the belt guideson the outboard seatbacks.

Removing the seats

WARNINGThe rear seats are heavy. To avoidinjury, take care when lifting theseats.

Note: To increase the space in the luggagecompartment, the rear seats can beremoved completely.1. Fold the seat forward. See Folding the

seats forward.

E78076

2. Fold the seat up to an angle ofapproximately 45 degrees to the floor.

E78075

3. Push down both red levers to open thelocking mechanism.

4. Remove the seat.

Installing the seats

WARNINGSTo avoid injury, take care whenfolding the seats down.Make sure that the locking hole onthe floor is clear of sand, rock or anyobjects which may prevent the seat

from locking.

Note: Make sure the locking mechanism isfully open.

116

Seats

Page 119: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E78077

Holding the seat at an angle ofapproximately 45 degrees to the floor,lower the seat onto the retaining bar.

E78073

X

Before folding the seats back down, pullthe lower bar on the rear of each seat andcheck that the latches are in the extendedposition.Push the seat back down until it engages.

Second row seats - Grand C-MAXFolding the seatback forwards orbackwards

E135422

Lift the lever and push the seatback. It willmove in steps.

Stowing the centre seat

WARNINGMake sure the centre seat back is inthe upright position when the vehicleis moving.

Note: You can use the space between theoutboard seats to access the third row seatswhen the centre seat has been stowed.

E129302

117

Seats

Page 120: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

1. Pull the lever on the back of the centreseat and push the seatback down untilit locks.

E129298

2. Pull the strap and lift the right-handseat cushion.

E135801

3. Pull the strap to fold the centre seatover into the right-hand seat base.

4. Fold the right-hand seat cushion down.

Moving the seats backwards andforwardsNote: If the centre seat is not stowed it willmove with the right-hand seat.

E129300

Folding the seats forward

WARNINGDo not use the third row seats whenthe second row seats have beenfolded forward.

CAUTIONThe centre seat must be stowed intothe right-hand seat base before theright-hand seat is folded.

118

Seats

Page 121: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E129298

1. Pull the strap and lift the cushion.2. Lift the lever and push the seatback

down until it locks.

Easy entry position

WARNINGDo not use the seat when it is in theeasy entry position.

Note: You can move the outboard seatsforwards to allow access to the third rowseats.

E129296

1. Either pull the lever on the side of theseat cushion or pull the strap at therear of the seat. The seat will moveforward.

2. Fold the seatback forward.

Third row seats - Grand C-MAXNote: Remove the luggage cover. SeeLuggage Covers (page 163).Note: When not in use, the seat beltsshould be placed in the clips on theoutboard trim. See Fastening the seatbelts (page 29).

Folding the seats flat

CAUTIONSWhen transporting a load with theseats folded flat, fold the relevantcarpet forwards to cover the folded

seat back.Do not place heavy objects in the areamarked on the carpet.

119

Seats

Page 122: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E129301

Pull the strap at the top of the seatbackand fold the seatback forward.

HEATED SEATS

CAUTIONOperating this function with theengine off will drain the battery.

E130471

The maximum temperature is reachedafter five or six minutes. It is regulatedthermostatically.The seat heating will operate only whenthe ignition is on.

120

Seats

Page 123: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

SUN SHADESSide windows

E74809

AA

Pull the blind up and attach it to the hooks(A).

RoofWARNING

Do not operate the sun blind unlessit is free from obstruction.

Note: If you operate the switch often duringa short period of time, the system mightbecome inoperable for a certain time toprevent damage due to overheating.Note: The sun blind can only be operatedwhen the ignition is on.

E125025

The sun blind is operated by a switchlocated between the sun visors.

Opening and closing the sun blind

E125146

A

B

Press to closeAPress to openB

Opening and closing the sun blindmanuallyPress and hold the switch to the first actionpoint. Release it to stop the blind.

121

Convenience features

Page 124: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Opening and closing the sun blindautomaticallyPress the switch to the second action pointand release it. Press it again to stop theblind.Note: If this does not operate correctly,follow the relearning procedure below.

Anti-trap function

WARNINGSThe anti-trap function is deactivateduntil the memory has been reset bythe relearning procedure.Careless closing of the blind canoverride the anti-trap function andcause injuries.

The sun blind will stop automatically whileopening or closing and reverse somedistance if there is an obstacle in the way.

Sun blind relearning

WARNINGThe anti-trap function is not activeduring this procedure. Make sure thatthere are no obstacles in the way of

the moving blind.

Note: The relearning process must bestarted no later than 30 seconds afterturning the ignition on.In case the blind no longer opens or closesproperly, follow this relearning procedure:1. Press switch B to the first action point

twice and release it within twoseconds.

2. Press switch A to the first action pointtwice and release it within twoseconds.

3. Press and hold switch B to the firstaction point, until the blind fully opens.

4. Press and hold switch A to the firstaction point, until the blind fully closes.

If step 2 is not completed within 15 secondsof step 1, the relearning function will beinterrupted. Turn the ignition off, wait foranother 30 seconds and then turn theignition back on again. Start the procedureonce more from the beginning.Confirm that relearning has beencompleted by using automatic openingand closing.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTINGDIMMER

E70723

CLOCKSee Information Displays (page 83).

CIGAR LIGHTER

CAUTIONSIf you use the socket when the engineis not running, the battery maydischarge.Do not hold the cigar lighter elementpressed in.

122

Convenience features

Page 125: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: You can use the socket to power 12volt appliances that have a maximumcurrent rating of 15 Amperes. Use only Fordaccessory connectors or connectorsspecified for use with SAE standard sockets.

E103382

Press the element in to use the cigarlighter. It will pop out automatically.

AUXILIARY POWER POINTS

CAUTIONIf you use the socket when the engineis not running, the battery maydischarge.

Note: You can use the socket to power 12volt appliances that have a maximumcurrent rating of 10 Amperes. Use only Fordaccessory connectors or connectorsspecified for use with SAE standard sockets.

E78056

Auxiliary power sockets are located in thecentre console and in the luggagecompartment.

Power inverterCAUTIONS

If you use the socket when the engineis not running, the battery maydischarge.If the LED flashes continuously,re-insert the plug or switch the ignitionoff and then on again.It will switch off if the temperature isabove 85°C (185°F). The LED willflash once. When it has cooled down

it will switch back on automatically.Do not exceed the maximum poweroutput. If you do, the LED will flashtwice. Remove the plug and re-insert

it.If the LED flashes three or four times,have the system checked by aproperly trained technician.

Note: You can use the socket to power 230volt appliances that have a maximum ratingof 150 watts.

E98199

CUP HOLDERS

WARNINGDo not place hot drinks in the cupholders when the vehicle is moving.

123

Convenience features

Page 126: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Seat back traysWARNING

Do not use the trays when the vehicleis moving. Make sure that you securethe trays in the lowered position

before setting off.

E72630

STORAGE COMPARTMENTSRear storage compartment

E72982

GLASSES HOLDER

E75193

E91508

124

Convenience features

Page 127: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CHILDMINDER MIRROR

E75192

AUXILIARY INPUT (AUX IN)SOCKET

E91511

E130068

See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket(page 235).

USB PORT

E91511

125

Convenience features

Page 128: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E130070

See Connectivity (page 257).

SATELLITE NAVIGATION UNITHOLDERAdjusting the holder

E112711

1

3

2

1. Unlock.

2. Adjust the holder to the desiredposition.

3. Lock.Note: Make sure that the navigation unitholder is locked in position.

FLOOR MATS

WARNINGWhen using the floor mats, alwaysmake sure the floor mat is properlysecured using the appropriate fixings

and positioned so that it does not interferewith the operation of the pedals.

126

Convenience features

Page 129: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATIONGeneral points on startingIf the battery has been disconnected thevehicle may exhibit some unusual drivingcharacteristics for approx. 8 kilometres (5miles) after reconnecting the battery.This is because the engine managementsystem must realign itself with the engine.Any unusual driving characteristics duringthis period may be disregarded.

Starting the engine by towing orpushing

WARNINGTo prevent damage you must notpush or tow start your vehicle. Usebooster cables and a booster battery.

See Jump-Starting the Vehicle (page197).

IGNITION SWITCH

WARNINGNever return the key to position 0 orI when the vehicle is in motion.

E72128

0 The ignition is off.I The ignition and all main electrical circuitsare disabled.Note: Do not leave the ignition key in thisposition for too long to avoid dischargingthe battery.

II The ignition is switched on. All electricalcircuits are operational. Warning lampsand indicators illuminate. This is the keyposition when driving. You must also selectit when being towed.III The starter motor is activated. Releasethe key as soon as the engine starts.

STEERING WHEEL LOCK

WARNINGAlways check that the steering isunlocked before attempting to moveyour vehicle.

Vehicles without keyless startingTo activate the steering wheel lock;1. Remove the key from the ignition

switch.2. Turn the steering wheel.

Vehicles with keyless startingNote: The steering wheel lock will notactivate when the ignition is on or thevehicle is moving.Your vehicle has an electronicallycontrolled steering wheel lock. Thisoperates automatically.The steering wheel lock will activate aftera short period of time once you haveparked your vehicle and the passive key isoutside of the vehicle, or when you lock thevehicle. See Keyless Entry (page 43).

Deactivating the steering wheel lockSwitch the ignition on, or:Vehicles with automatic transmission• Press the brake pedal.Vehicles with manual transmission• Press the clutch pedal.

127

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Page 130: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

STARTING A PETROL ENGINENote: You can only operate the starter fora maximum of 30 seconds at a time.

Cold or hot engineAll vehicles

CAUTIONWhen the temperature is below -20°C(-4°F), switch the ignition on for atleast one second before starting the

engine. This will make sure that themaximum fuel pressure is established forstarting the engine.

Vehicles with manual transmissionNote: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.2. Start the engine.

Vehicles with automatic transmissionNote: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.1. Select park or neutral.2. Fully depress the brake pedal.3. Start the engine.

All vehiclesIf the engine does not start within 15seconds, wait for a short period and tryagain.If the engine does not start after threeattempts, wait 10 seconds and follow theFlooded engine procedure.If you have difficulty starting the enginewhen the temperature is below -25°C(-13°F), press the accelerator pedalbetween ¼ to ½ of its travel and try again.

Flooded engineVehicles with manual transmission1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and

hold it there.3. Start the engine.

Vehicles with automatic transmission1. Select park or neutral.2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and

hold it there.3. Fully depress the brake pedal.4. Start the engine.

All vehiclesIf the engine does not start, repeat theCold or hot engine procedure.

Engine idle speed after startingThe speed at which the engine idlesimmediately after starting will varydepending on the engine temperature.If the engine is cold then the idle speed willautomatically be increased in order to heatthe catalytic converter as quickly aspossible. This makes sure that vehicleemissions are kept to an absoluteminimum.The idle speed will slowly decrease to thenormal level as the catalytic converterwarms up.

STARTING A DIESEL ENGINECold or hot engineAll vehiclesNote: When the temperature is below -15°C(5°F), you may need to crank the engine forup to 25 seconds.

128

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Page 131: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: Continue cranking the engine until itstarts.Note: You can only operate the starter fora maximum of 30 seconds at a time.

Switch the ignition on and waituntil the glow plug indicator goesoff.

Vehicles with manual transmissionNote: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.2. Start the engine.

Vehicles with automatic transmission1. Select park or neutral.2. Fully depress the brake pedal.3. Start the engine.

KEYLESS STARTING

WARNINGSThe keyless starting system may notfunction if the key is close to metalobjects or electronic devices such as

mobile phones.Always check that the steering wheellock is deactivated beforeattempting to move your vehicle.

See Steering Wheel Lock (page 127).

Note: The ignition may automaticallyswitch off after a period of time if yourvehicle has been left unattended with theignition on. This is to prevent the vehiclebattery from discharging.Note: A valid passive key must be locatedinside the vehicle to switch the ignition onand start the engine.Note: To start your engine you must alsofully depress the brake or clutch pedal,depending on the transmission fitted.

E85766

Ignition onPress the start button once. All electricalcircuits are operational, warning lamps andindicators illuminate.

Starting with automatictransmissionNote: Releasing the brake pedal duringengine start may stop the engine crankingand return to ignition on.1. Make sure the transmission is in P or

N.2. Fully depress the brake pedal.3. Press the start button.

Starting with manual transmissionNote: Releasing the clutch pedal duringengine start will stop the engine crankingand return to ignition on.1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.2. Press the start button.

Starting a diesel engineNote: Engine cranking may not commenceuntil the engine glow plug cycle has beencompleted. This may take several secondsin extremely cold conditions.Note: Continue to press the clutch or brakepedal until engine cranking begins.

129

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Page 132: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Failure to startThe passive starting system will notfunction if:• The passive key frequencies are

jammed.• The passive key battery is flat.If you are unable to start your vehicle carryout the following procedure.

E87381

1. Carefully prise out the cover.

E85767

2. Insert the key into the key holder.3. With the key in this position you can

use the start button to switch theignition on and start your vehicle.

Stopping the engine with thevehicle stationaryNote: The ignition, all electrical circuits,warning lamps and indicators will beswitched off.

Manual transmissionPress the start button.

Automatic transmission1. Move the selector lever to position P.2. Press the start button.

Stopping the engine when thevehicle is moving

WARNINGSwitching off the engine when thevehicle is still moving will result in aloss of brake and steering assistance.

The steering will not be locked, but highereffort will be required. When the ignition isswitched off some electrical circuits,warning lamps and indicators may also beOFF.

Press and hold the start button for twoseconds, or press twice within twoseconds.

DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTERThe DPF forms part of the emissionsreduction systems fitted to your vehicle. Itfilters harmful diesel particulates (soot)from the exhaust gas.

130

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Page 133: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

RegenerationWARNING

Do not park or idle your vehicle overdry leaves, dry grass or othercombustible materials. The DPF

regeneration process creates very highexhaust gas temperatures and the exhaustwill radiate a considerable amount of heatduring and after DPF regeneration, andafter you have switched the engine off.This is a potential fire hazard.

CAUTIONAvoid running out of fuel.

Note: During regeneration at low speed orengine idle, you may smell a hot metallicodour and could notice a clicking metallicsound. This is due to the high temperaturesreached during regeneration and is normal.Note: After you have switched your engineoff the fans may continue to run for a shortperiod of time.Unlike a normal filter which requiresperiodic replacement, the DPF has beendesigned to regenerate, or clean itself tomaintain operating efficiency. Theregeneration process takes placeautomatically. However, some drivingconditions mean that you may need tosupport the regeneration process.If you drive only short distances or yourjourneys contain frequent stopping andstarting, where there is increasedacceleration and deceleration, occasionaltrips with the following conditions willassist the regeneration process:

• Drive your vehicle at a constant speed,preferably on a main road or motorway,for up to 20 minutes.

• Avoid prolonged idling and alwaysobserve speed limits and roadconditions.

• Do not switch off the ignition.• Use a lower gear than normal to

maintain a higher engine speed duringthis journey, where appropriate.

SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINEVehicles with a turbocharger

CAUTIONDo not switch the engine off when itis running at high speed. If you do, theturbocharger will continue running

after the engine oil pressure has droppedto zero. This will lead to prematureturbocharger bearing wear.

Release the accelerator pedal. Wait untilthe engine has reached idle speed and thenswitch it off.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER

CAUTIONMake sure you disconnect the powercable from the engine heaterconnector before driving away.

Note: The engine heater connector islocated in the front bumper.

131

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Page 134: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E135813

Connect the engine heater for two to threehours before starting the engine.

132

Starting and Stopping the Engine

Page 135: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

CAUTIONFor vehicles with Start-stop thebattery requirement is different. Itmust be replaced by one of exactly

the same specification as the original.

The system reduces fuel consumption andCO2 emissions by shutting down theengine when the vehicle is idling, forexample at traffic lights. The engine willautomatically restart when the driverpresses the clutch pedal or when requiredby a vehicle system, for example torecharge the battery.To obtain maximum benefit from thesystem, move the gear lever to the neutralposition and release the clutch pedalduring any stop of longer than threeseconds.

USING START-STOP

WARNINGSThe engine may restartautomatically if required by thesystem. See Principle of Operation

(page 133).Switch the ignition off beforeopening the bonnet or carrying outany maintenance.Always switch the ignition off beforeleaving your vehicle, as the systemmay have shut down the engine but

the ignition will still be live.

Note: The system only operates when theengine is warm and the outside temperatureis between 0°C (32°F) and 30°C (86°F).

Note: If you stall the engine, and thendepress the clutch pedal within a couple ofseconds, the system will automaticallyrestart the engine.Note: The Start-stop indicator willilluminate green when the engine shutsdown. See Warning Lamps and Indicators(page 79).Note: The Start-stop indicator will flashamber, requiring you to select neutral ordepress the clutch pedal. In conjunction amessage will be shown in the display.Note: If the system detects a malfunction,it is deactivated. Have the system checkedby a properly trained technician.Note: If you have switched the system off,the switch will be illuminated.Note: The system is on by default. Toswitch the system off, press the switch inthe instrument panel. The system will onlybe de-activated for the current ignitioncycle. To turn it on, press the switch again.For item location. See At a Glance (page10).

To stop the engine1. Stop the vehicle.2. Move the gear lever to the neutral

position.3. Release the clutch pedal.4. Release the accelerator pedal.The system may not shut down the engineunder certain conditions, for example:• To maintain the interior climate.• Low battery voltage.• The outside temperature is too low or

too high.• The driver's door has been opened.

133

Start-Stop

Page 136: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

• Low engine operating temperature.• Low brake system vacuum.• If a road speed of 5 km/h (3 mph) has

not been exceeded.

To re-start the engineNote: The gear lever must be in the neutralposition.Depress the clutch pedal.The system may automatically restart theengine under certain conditions, forexample:• Low battery voltage.• To maintain the interior climate.

134

Start-Stop

Page 137: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONThe system assists the driver to drive moreefficiently by constantly monitoringcharacteristics of gear changing,anticipation of traffic conditions andspeeds on motorways and open roads.Note: These efficiency values do not resultin a defined fuel consumption figure. It mightvary as it is not only related to these drivingdisciplines but also influenced by manyother factors such as short journeys and coldstarts.The value of these characteristics isrepresented by petals shown in the display,with five petals being the most efficient.The more efficiently you drive, the betterthe rating, and the better your overall fuelconsumption.

E121813A B C

A: Gear shiftingB: AnticipationC: Efficient speed

Gear shiftingUsing the highest drivable gear appropriatefor the road conditions will improve fuelconsumption.

AnticipationAdjusting your vehicle speed and thedistance to other vehicles without the needfor heavy braking or acceleration willimprove fuel consumption.

Efficient speedHigher speeds use more fuel. Reducingyour cruising speed on open roads willimprove fuel consumption.

USING ECO MODEThe system is accessed using the tripcomputer menu. See Trip Computer(page 89).Press the SET/RESET button to enter Ecomode. Use the rotary control to viewindividual screens and additional tips onhow to improve your fuel consumption.

Resetting Eco modeReset the average fuel consumption.Note: New values may take a short time tocalculate.

135

Eco Mode

Page 138: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNINGSStop refuelling after the fuel nozzlestops the second time. Additionalfuel will fill the expansion space in

the fuel tank which could lead to fueloverflowing. Fuel spillage could behazardous to other road users.

Do not use any kind of flames or heatnear the fuel system. The fuel systemis under pressure. There is a risk of

injury if the fuel system is leaking.

FUEL QUALITY - PETROL

CAUTIONDo not use leaded petrol or petrol withadditives containing other metalliccompounds (e.g. manganese-based).

They could damage the emission system.

Note: We recommend that you use onlyhigh quality fuel without additives or otherengine treatments.Use minimum 95 octane unleadedpetrol that meets the specification definedby EN 228, or equivalent.

FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL

WARNINGDo not mix diesel with oil, petrol orother liquids. This could cause achemical reaction.

CAUTIONSDo not add kerosene, paraffin orpetrol to diesel. This could causedamage to the fuel system.

CAUTIONSUse diesel that meets thespecification defined by EN 590, orthe relevant national specification.

Note: We recommend that you use onlyhigh quality fuel.Note: The use of additives or other enginetreatments not approved by Ford is notrecommended.Note: We do not recommend the prolongeduse of additives intended to prevent fuelwaxing.

Long-term storageMost diesel fuels contain bio-diesel, it isrecommended to fill the tank with purelymineral diesel (where available) or add ananti-oxidant prior to long-term storage ofyour vehicle exceeding two months. Yourdealer can help you with a suitableanti-oxidant.

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

WARNINGDo not park or idle your vehicle overdry leaves, dry grass or othercombustible materials. The exhaust

will radiate a considerable amount of heatduring use, and after you have switchedthe engine off. This is a potential firehazard.

Driving with a catalytic converterCAUTIONS

Avoid running out of fuel.

Do not crank the engine for longperiods.Do not run the engine when a sparkplug lead is disconnected.

136

Fuel and Refuelling

Page 139: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CAUTIONSDo not push-start or tow-start yourvehicle. Use booster cables. SeeJump-Starting the Vehicle (page

197).Do not switch the ignition off whendriving.

FUEL FILLER FLAP

WARNINGSTake care when refuelling to avoidspilling any residual fuel from the fuelnozzle.Do not use any kind of flames or heatnear the fuel system. The fuel systemis under pressure. There is a risk of

injury if the fuel system is leaking.

CAUTIONIf you use a high pressure spray towash your vehicle, only spray the fuelfiller flap briefly from a distance not

less than 200 millimetres (8 inches).

Note: The sliding door is inhibited fromopening fully when the fuel filler flap is open.

E86613

1. Press the flap to open it. Open the flapfully until it engages.

E139202

A

A

Note: When you insert the fuel nozzle, aspring loaded inhibitor will open if thecorrect size nozzle is detected. This helpsto avoid filling up with the wrong fuel.2. Insert the fuel nozzle up to and

including the first notch on the nozzleA. Keep it resting on the cover of thefuel pipe opening.

WARNINGStop refuelling after the fuel nozzlestops the second time. Additionalfuel will fill the expansion space in

the fuel tank which could lead to fueloverflowing. Fuel spillage could behazardous to other road users.

137

Fuel and Refuelling

Page 140: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E139203

A

B

Incorrect positionACorrect positionB

3. Do not lift the nozzle during refilling. Thiscan affect the flow of fuel and shut off ofthe fuel nozzle before the fuel tank is full.

E139924

4. Operate the nozzle within the areashown.

WARNINGSWe recommend that you remove thefuel nozzle slowly to allow anyresidual fuel to drain into the fuel

tank. Alternatively you can wait 10 secondsbefore removing the fuel nozzle.

Do not remove the nozzle from itsfully inserted position during theentire refuelling process.

E119081

5. Slightly raise the fuel nozzle to removeit.

Refuelling with a fuel canUse the funnel which is located in the glovebox.

REFUELLING

CAUTIONDo not attempt to start the engine ifyou have filled the fuel tank with theincorrect fuel. This could damage the

engine. Have the system checked by aproperly trained technician immediately.

FUEL CONSUMPTIONThe CO2 and fuel consumption figures arederived from laboratory tests according toEEC Directive 80/1268/EEC andsubsequent amendments and are carriedout by all vehicle manufacturers.They are intended as a comparisonbetween makes and models of vehicles.They are not intended to represent the realworld fuel consumption you may get fromyour vehicle. Real world fuel consumptionis governed by many factors including;driving style, high speed driving, stop/startdriving, air conditioning usage, theaccessories fitted and towing etc.

138

Fuel and Refuelling

Page 141: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Your Ford dealer can give you advice onimproving your fuel consumption.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

C-MAXFuel Consumption Figures

CO2 Emis-sionsCombinedExtra-UrbanUrban

Variantg/kml/100 km

(mpg)l/100 km

(mpg)l/100 km

(mpg)

1546.6 (42.8)5.3 (53.3)8.7 (32.5)1.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT -Sigma Stage V

1546.6 (42.8)5.3 (53.3)8.8 (32.1)1.6L EcoBoost - SigmaStage V, vehicles withoutstart-stop

1496.4 (44.1)5.3 (53.3)8 (35.3)1.6L EcoBoost - SigmaStage V, vehicles with start-stop

1194.6 (61.4)4.1 (68.9)5.4 (52.3)1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DVStage V, vehicles withoutstart-stop

1144.4 (64.2)4 (70.6)5 (56.5)1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DVStage V, vehicles with start-stop

1345.1 (55.4)4.4 (64.2)6.4 (44.1)2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DWStage V, vehicles withmanual transmission

1495.6 (50.4)4.8 (58.9)7.1 (39.8)2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DWStage V, vehicles with auto-matic transmission

139

Fuel and Refuelling

Page 142: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Grand C-MAXFuel Consumption Figures

CO2 Emis-sionsCombinedExtra-UrbanUrban

Variantg/kml/100 km

(mpg)l/100 km

(mpg)l/100 km

(mpg)

1596.9 (40.9)5.7 (49.6)8.9 (31.7)1.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT -Sigma Stage V

1596.9 (40.9)5.5 (51.4)9.2 (30.7)1.6L EcoBoost - SigmaStage V, vehicles withoutstart-stop

1546.6 (42.8)5.5 (51.4)8.2 (34.5)1.6L EcoBoost - SigmaStage V, vehicles with start-stop

1294.9 (57.7)4.4 (64.2)5.8 (48.7)1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DVStage V, vehicles withoutstart-stop

1244.7 (60.1)4.3 (65.7)5.5 (51.4)1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DVStage V, vehicles with start-stop

1395.3 (53.3)4.5 (62.8)6.6 (42.8)2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DWStage V, vehicles withmanual transmission

1545.8 (48.7)5 (56.5)7.4 (38.2)2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DWStage V, vehicles with auto-matic transmission

140

Fuel and Refuelling

Page 143: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

CAUTIONDo not engage reverse gear when thevehicle is moving. This can causedamage to the transmission.

E99067

On some vehicles it is necessary to raisethe collar whilst selecting reverse gear.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONSelector lever positions

E80836

S

ParkPReverseR

NeutralNDriveDSport mode and manual shiftingS

WARNINGApply the brakes before moving theselector lever and keep them applieduntil you are ready to move off.

Note: A cold engine has a higher idle speed.This will increase the tendency for yourvehicle to creep when you have selected adrive gear.Press the button on the selector lever toselect reverse and park.The selector lever position will be shownin the information display.

Park

WARNINGSSelect park only when your vehicleis stationary.Apply the parking brake andselect park before leaving yourvehicle. Make sure that the selector

lever is latched in position.

Note: An audible warning will sound if youopen the driver's door and you have notselected park.In this position, power is not transmittedto the drive wheels and the transmissionis locked. You can start the engine with theselector lever in this position.

Reverse

WARNINGSelect reverse only when your vehicleis stationary and the engine is at idlespeed.

141

Transmission

Page 144: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

NeutralIn this position, power is not transmittedto the drive wheels but the transmission isnot locked. You can start the engine withthe selector lever in this position.

DriveSelect drive to shift automatically throughthe forward gears.The transmission will select theappropriate gear for optimum performancebased on ambient temperature, roadgradient, vehicle load and driver input.

Manual shifting - Vehicles with a5 speed transmission

WARNINGDo not hold the selector leverpermanently in – or +.

CAUTIONThe transmission will automaticallydownshift when the engine speed istoo low and upshift when too high.

Note: A shift will occur only when thevehicle speed and the engine speed areappropriate.Note: In Select mode the current gear (1,2, 3, 4 or 5) will be displayed on theinstrument panel.Move the selector lever to position S.Push the selector lever forwards to shiftdown and pull it backwards to shift up.Gears may be skipped by moving theselector lever repeatedly at short intervals.Manual mode also provides a kickdownfunction. See Kickdown.

Sport mode and manual shifting -Vehicles with a 6 speedtransmissionNote: A shift will occur only when thevehicle speed and the engine speed areappropriate.

Sport ModeNote: In Sport mode the transmissionoperates as normal but gears are selectedmore quickly and at higher engine speeds.Note: In Sport mode S will be displayed onthe instrument panel.Activate Sport mode by moving theselector lever to position S. Sport modewill remain active until either you shiftmanually up or down the gears or returnthe selector lever to position D.

Manual shifting

WARNINGDo not hold the selector leverpermanently in – or +.

CAUTIONThe transmission will automaticallydownshift when the engine speed istoo low.

Push the selector lever forwards to shiftdown and pull it backwards to shift up.Gears may be skipped by moving theselector lever repeatedly at short intervals.Manual mode also provides a kickdownfunction. See Kickdown.

142

Transmission

Page 145: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Hints on driving with an automatictransmission

CAUTIONDo not idle the engine for long periodsof time in drive with the brakesapplied.

Moving off1. Release the parking brake.2. Release the brake pedal and press the

accelerator pedal.

Stopping1. Release the accelerator pedal and

press the brake pedal.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Select neutral or park.

KickdownPress the accelerator pedal fully with theselector lever in the drive position to selectthe next lowest gear for optimumperformance. Release the acceleratorpedal when you no longer requirekickdown.

Emergency park position releaseleverUse the lever to move the selector leverfrom the park position in the event of anelectrical malfunction or if your vehicle hasa flat battery.

1

3

24

S

E125156

1. Insert a small flat-bladed tool into theslot.

2. Turn the tool through 90 degrees.3. Push downwards on the tool to detach

the gaiter frame from the trim panel.4. Push downwards on the gaiter frame

to release the lever and move theselector lever from the park position.

5. Pull upwards on the gaiter until thegaiter frame engages in the trim panel.

Note: If position P is selected again, thisprocedure must be repeated.

143

Transmission

Page 146: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONNote: Depending on applicable laws andregulations in the country for which yourvehicle was originally built, the brake lampsmay flash if you brake heavily.Note: Occasional brake noise is normal andoften does not indicate a concern. In normaloperation, the system may emit occasionalor intermittent squeal or groan noises whenthe brakes are applied. Such noises areusually caused by environmental conditionssuch as cold, heat, moisture, road dust, saltor mud.

Disc brakesWet brake discs result in reduced brakingefficiency. Dab the brake pedal whendriving from a car wash to remove the filmof water.

ABSWARNING

The ABS does not relieve you of yourresponsibility to drive with due careand attention.

The ABS helps you to maintain full steeringand directional stability when you brakeheavily in an emergency, by preventing theroad wheels from locking.

HINTS ON DRIVING WITHANTI-LOCK BRAKESWhen the ABS is operating, the brake pedalwill pulse. This is normal. Maintain pressureon the brake pedal.The ABS will not eliminate the dangersinherent when:• you drive too close to the vehicle in

front of you.• the vehicle is aquaplaning.

• you take corners too fast.• the road surface is poor.

PARKING BRAKE

WARNINGVehicles with an automatictransmission should always be leftwith the selector lever in position P

(Park).

• Press the foot brake pedal firmly.• Pull the parking brake lever up smartly

to its fullest extent.• Do not press the release button while

pulling the lever up.• If your vehicle is parked on a hill and

facing uphill, select first gear or P(Park) and turn the steering wheelaway from the kerb.

• If your vehicle is parked on a hill andfacing downhill, select reverse gear orP (Park) and turn the steering wheeltowards the kerb.

To release the parking brake, press thebrake pedal firmly, pull the lever up slightly,depress the release button and push thelever down.

144

Brakes

Page 147: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONElectronic stability programme(ESP)

WARNINGESP does not relieve you of yourresponsibility to drive with due careand attention.

E72903

A A

AB

B

B

B

without ESPAwith ESPB

The ESP supports stability when thevehicle starts to slide away from yourintended path. This is performed by brakingindividual wheels and reducing enginetorque as needed.The system also provides an enhancedtraction control function by reducingengine torque and may brake individualwheels if they spin when you accelerate.This improves your ability to pull away onslippery roads or loose surfaces, andimproves comfort by limiting wheel spin inhairpin bends.

Stability control (ESP) warning lampThe ESP warning lamp will flash when thesystem is operating. See Warning Lampsand Indicators (page 79).

Emergency brake assistWARNING

Emergency brake assist does notrelieve you of your responsibility todrive with due care and attention.

Emergency brake assist will detect whenyou brake heavily by measuring the rate atwhich you press the brake pedal. It willprovide maximum braking efficiency aslong as you press the pedal. Emergencybrake assist can reduce stopping distancesin critical situations.

Trailer stability controlWARNING

Trailer stability control does notrelieve you of your responsibility totow with due care and attention.

Trailer stability control is an enhancedfeature of ESP, and automatically detectswhen an attached trailer starts to sway.If this situation occurs, the system willautomatically brake individual wheels tostabilise the trailer and vehicle. In case avery severe sway is detected, the enginetorque will be reduced and the vehicle willbe slowed automatically.

USING STABILITY CONTROLNote: The system will be switched onautomatically every time you switch theignition on.To turn the system off and on. SeeInformation Displays (page 83).

145

Stability Control

Page 148: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONThe system makes it easier to pull awaywhen the vehicle is on a slope without theneed to use the parking brake.When the system is active, the vehicle willremain stationary on the slope for a shorttime after you release the brake pedal.During this time, you have time to moveyour foot from the brake to the acceleratorpedal and pull away. The brakes arereleased automatically once the enginehas developed sufficient drive to preventthe vehicle from rolling down the slope.This is an advantage when pulling awayon a slope, for example from a car parkramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphillinto a parking space.

WARNINGThe system does not replace theparking brake. When you leave thevehicle, always apply the parking

brake and select first or reverse gear.

USING HILL START ASSISTThe system is activated automaticallywhen you stop your vehicle on a slopegreater than 3%. The system operates withthe vehicle facing downhill if reverse gearis selected and with the vehicle facinguphill if any forward gear is selected.

Vehicles with manualtransmission onlyThe system can be switched on and offusing the information display. See GeneralInformation (page 83).

Activating the systemWARNINGS

You must remain in the vehicle onceyou have activated the system.

WARNINGSAt all times you are responsible forcontrolling the vehicle, supervisingthe system and intervening, if

required.If a malfunction is detected when thesystem is active, the system will bedeactivated and a message will be

shown in the display. See InformationMessages (page 90).

You can activate the system only if thefollowing conditions have been met:• The engine is running.• The system is switched on.• On vehicles with manual transmission,

the clutch pedal is pressed.• No failure mode is present.

To activate the system:1. Press the brake pedal to bring the

vehicle to a complete standstill. Keepthe brake pedal depressed.

2. If the sensors detect that the vehicle ison a slope the system will be activatedautomatically.

3. When you remove your foot from thebrake pedal, the vehicle will remain onthe slope without rolling away for ashort time. This hold time willautomatically be extended if you arein the process of driving off.

4. Drive off in the normal manner. Thebrakes will be released automatically.

Deactivating the systemTo deactivate the system, perform one ofthe following:

146

Hill Start Assist

Page 149: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

• Wait for a short time until the systemdeactivates automatically.

• If a forward gear was selected whenthe system became active, selectreverse gear.

• If reverse gear was selected when thesystem became active, select aforward gear.

147

Hill Start Assist

Page 150: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGThe system does not relieve you ofyour responsibility to drive with duecare and attention.

CAUTIONSVehicles fitted with a trailer towmodule not approved by us may notcorrectly detect obstacles.The sensors may not detect objectsin heavy rain or other conditions thatcause disruptive reflections.The sensors may not detect objectswith surfaces that absorb ultrasonicwaves.The parking aid does not detectobstacles moving away from thevehicle. They will only be detected

shortly after they start to move towardsthe vehicle again.

If you use a high pressure spray towash your vehicle, only spray thesensors briefly from a distance not

less than 20 centimetres (8 inches).Parking aid sends tones via the audiosystem fitted and approved by us. Ifthis is not working the parking aid

system will not work.

Note: On vehicles fitted with a tow ballarm, the rear parking aid is deactivatedautomatically when any trailer lamps (orlighting boards) are connected to the 13-pinsocket via a trailer tow module we haveapproved.Note: Keep the sensors free from dirt, iceand snow. Do not clean with sharp objects.Note: The parking aid may emit false tonesif it detects a signal using the samefrequency as the sensors or if the vehicle isfully laden.

Note: The outer sensors may detect theside walls of a garage. If the distancebetween the outer sensor and the side wallremains constant for three seconds, thetone will switch off. As you continue, theinner sensors will detect rearward objects.

USING THE PARKING AID -VEHICLES WITH: REARPARKING AID

WARNINGThe parking aid does not relieve youof your responsibility to drive withdue care and attention.

E77927

The parking aid is automatically activatedwhen you select reverse gear with theignition switched on.You will hear an intermittent tone at adistance of approximately 150 centimetres(59 inches) between the obstacle and rearbumper and approximately 50 centimetres(20 inches) to the side. Decreasing thedistance accelerates the intermittent tone.

148

Parking Aids

Page 151: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E130178

A

Distance Indicator.A

As the distance decreases the indicatormoves towards the vehicle.A continuous tone will start at a distanceof less than 30 centimetres (11 inches) tothe rear bumper.Note: On Vehicles with a tow bar fitted andapproved by us the continuous tone willstart at a distance of 45 centimetres (18inches) from the rear bumper.

E130179

A

Malfunction indicator.ANote: If a malfunction is indicated thesystem will be disabled. Have the systemchecked by a properly trained technician.

E130180

A trailer symbol indicates there is a trailerattached and the system is disabled.

USING THE PARKING AID -VEHICLES WITH: FRONT ANDREAR PARKING AID

WARNINGThe parking aid does not relieve youof your responsibility to drive withdue care and attention.

Switching the parking aid on andoffThe parking aid is per default off. To switchthe parking aid on, select reverse gear orpress the switch in the instrument panel.For item location: See At a Glance (page10).The light in the switch illuminates whenthe parking aid is activated.To turn it off, press the switch again.

149

Parking Aids

Page 152: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Manoeuvring with the parking aid

E130381

A B

D C

1

2

Reverse gear selected1Neutral or forward gear selected2Display and toneADisplay and toneBDisplay onlyCDisplay and toneD

You will hear an intermittent tone at adistance of approximately 150 centimetres(59 inches) between the obstacle and rearbumper, approximately 80 centimetres (31inches) between the obstacle and frontbumper and approximately 50 centimetres(20 inches) to the side. Decreasing thedistance accelerates the intermittent tone.A continuous tone will start at a distanceof less than 30 centimetres (11 inches) tothe front or rear bumper.Note: On vehicles with a tow bar fitted andapproved by us the continuous tone willstart at a distance of 45 centimetres (18inches) from the rear bumper.

You will hear an alternating tone from thefront and rear if obstacles are closer than30 centimetres (11 inches) to the front andrear bumpers.

E130382

A

Distance Indicator.A

As the distance decreases the indicatormoves towards the vehicle.

E130383

A

Malfuction indicator.ANote: If a malfunction is indicated thesystem will be disabled. Have the systemchecked by a properly trained technician.

150

Parking Aids

Page 153: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E130180

A trailer symbol indicates there is a trailerattached and the rear sensors are disabled.

151

Parking Aids

Page 154: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGSThe system does not relieve you ofyour responsibility to drive with duecare and attention.At all times you are responsible forcontrolling the vehicle, supervisingthe system and intervening if

required.You must observe that the selectedspace remains clear of obstructionsat all times in the manoeuver.Vehicles with overhanging loads,street furniture and other items maynot be detected by the system. You

must make sure that the selected spaceis suitable for parking.

Do not use the system if a trailer isattached to the vehicle.Do not use the system if a bike rackis attached to the back of the vehicle.Do not use the system if anoverhanging item is attached to theroof.If the manoeuvre is interruptedbefore completion, the system willbe disabled. The steering wheel

position will not indicate the true positionof the steering and you will have to takecontrol of the vehicle.

Make sure that loose clothing, yourhands or your arms do not get caughtin the rotating steering wheel.

The system will detect a suitable parallelparking space and steer the vehicle intothe space. The system controls thesteering while the driver controls theaccelerator, transmission and brakes. Themanoeuvre can be stopped at any time byholding the steering wheel or pressing theactive park assist switch. See At a Glance(page 10).The system will visually and audiblyinstruct the driver throughout theprocedure to safely park the vehicle.

USING ACTIVE PARK ASSIST

CAUTIONSThe sensors may not detect objectsin heavy rain or other conditions thatcause disruptive reflections.The sensors may not detect objectswith surfaces that absorb ultrasonicwaves.The sensors may not detect the kerb.

Note: If the traction control system isdisabled active park assist will not beavailable. See General Information (page83).The system will not align the vehiclecorrectly if:• a spare tyre, or a tyre worn significantly

more than the other tyres is used• the factory installed tyre size is not

used on the vehicle• the tyres skid• you allow the vehicle to roll• the weather conditions are poor (heavy

rain, snow, fog, etc).

152

Active Park Assist

Page 155: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Move forwards at a maximum speed of 30km/h (18 mph). Press the active park assistswitch. See At a Glance (page 10). Usethe direction indicator lever to selectsearching either to the left-hand side orright-hand side of the vehicle.

Note: If no selection is made via thedirection indicator lever the system willdefault to the passenger side of the vehicle.

A

E130107

Note: To disable the chimes: SeePersonalised Settings (page 89).The information and entertainment displaywill inform you and a chime will be heardwhen a suitable space is found. To parkthe vehicle, follow the instructions on theinformation and entertainment display.

Note: The arrow symbols or graphics in thedisplay indicate on which side of the vehiclethe system will park. The display will alsoadvise you when to select reverse gear.Slow down and stop at approximatelyposition A, then follow the systeminstructions.

E130108

WARNINGIf a speed of 10 km/h (6 mph) isexceeded the system will be disabledand you will need to take full control

of the vehicle.

Move the vehicle backwards cautiouslyusing the accelerator and brake pedals tocontrol the vehicle. Parking aid warningtones will sound. Stop the vehicle whenyou hear a continuous tone.

153

Active Park Assist

Page 156: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

You can take control of the manoeuvre byholding the steering wheel. A message mayappear that the system can be resumed.To accept this message press the activepark assist switch. See At a Glance (page10).

E130109

Move the vehicle forwards. Stop thevehicle when you hear a continuous tone.Repeat the above steps until the vehicle issatisfactory parked. The display willindicate when the system has finished themanoeuvre.

154

Active Park Assist

Page 157: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONThe camera is a visual aid for use whenreversing.

WARNINGThe system does not relieve you ofyour responsibility to drive with duecare and attention.

CAUTIONSIf you use a high pressure spray towash your vehicle, only spray thecamera briefly from a distance not

less than 20 centimetres (8 inches).Do not apply pressure to the camera.

Note: Keep the camera free from dirt, iceand snow. Do not clean with sharp objects,degreaser, wax or organic products. Use onlya soft cloth.During operation, guide lines appear in thedisplay which represent your vehicle's pathand approximate distance from rearwardobjects.

USING THE REAR VIEWCAMERA

WARNINGSThe operation of the camera mayvary depending on the ambienttemperature, vehicle and road

conditions.The distances shown in the displaymay differ from the actual distance.Do not place objects in front of thecamera.

The camera is located on the luggagecompartment lid near the handle.

E99105

Activating the rear view cameraCAUTION

The camera may not detect objectsthat are close to the vehicle.

With the ignition and the audio unitswitched on:1. Press the parking aid switch in the

instrument panel. For item location:See At a Glance (page 10). Or,

2. Engage reverse gear.The image is displayed on the screen.The lamp in the switch illuminates whenthe system is activated.The camera may not operate correctly inthe following conditions:• Dark areas.• Intense light.• If the ambient temperature increases

or decreases rapidly.• If the camera is wet, for example in rain

or high humidity.• If the camera's view is obstructed, for

example by mud.

155

Rear view camera

Page 158: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Using the displayCAUTIONS

Obstacles above the camera positionwill not be shown. Inspect the areabehind your vehicle if necessary.Marks are for general guidance only,and are calculated for vehicles inmaximum load conditions on an even

road surface.

The lines show a projected vehicle path(based on the current steering wheelangle) and the distance from the exteriormirrors and rear bumper.

E99458

A

B

C

D E

A

B

C

D

Exterior mirror clearance - 0.1metre (4 inches)

A

Red - up to 0.3 (12 inches)BAmber - 0.3 - 0.6 metre (12 - 24inches)

C

156

Rear view camera

Page 159: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Green - 0.6 - 0.9 metre (24 - 35inches)

D

Amber - centre line of theprojected vehicle path

E

Note: The green line is extended from 0.9metre (35 inches) up to a distance of 3.2metres (126 inches).Note: When reversing with a trailer, the lineson the screen are not shown. The camerawill show the vehicle direction and not thetrailer.

Deactivating the rear view cameraNote: Disengage reverse gear. The displaywill stay on for a short period beforeswitching off.Note: The system will automatically switchoff once the vehicle speed has reachedapproximately 15 km/h (9 mph).Press the parking aid switch in theinstrument panel. For item location: SeeAt a Glance (page 10).

Vehicles with parking aidThe display will additionally show acoloured distance bar. This guide indicatesthe distance from the rear bumper to thedetected obstacle.These are colour coded as follows:• Green - 0.6 to 1.8 metres (24 - 71

inches).• Amber - 0.3 to 0.6 metre (12 - 24

inches).• Red - 0.3 metre (12 inches) or less.

157

Rear view camera

Page 160: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGThe system does not relieve you ofyour responsibility to drive with duecare and attention.

Cruise control allows you to control yourspeed using the switches on the steeringwheel. You can use cruise control whenyou exceed approximately 30 km/h (20mph).

USING CRUISE CONTROL

WARNINGDo not use cruise control in heavytraffic, on twisty roads or when theroad surface is slippery.

Switching cruise control on

E130072

Note: The system is ready for you to set aspeed.

Setting a speedPress the SET+ switch or the SET- switchto store and maintain your current speed.The cruise control indicator will illuminate.See Warning Lamps and Indicators(page 79).

Changing the set speedWARNING

When you are going downhill, yourspeed may increase above the setspeed. The system will not apply the

brakes. Change down a gear and press theSET- switch to assist the system inmaintaining the set speed.

Note: If you accelerate by pressing theaccelerator pedal, the set speed will notchange. When you release the acceleratorpedal, you will return to the speed that youpreviously set.

E130073

A

B

AccelerateADecelerateB

Cancelling the set speedPress the brake pedal or pull the CANswitch.

158

Cruise Control

Page 161: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: The system will no longer controlyour speed. The cruise control indicator willnot illuminate but the system will retain thespeed that you previously set.

Resuming the set speedPull the RES switch.The cruise control indicator will illuminateand the system will attempt to resume thespeed that you previously set.

Switching cruise control off

E130072

The system will not retain the speed thatyou previously set. The cruise controlindicator will not illuminate.

159

Cruise Control

Page 162: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNINGWhen you are going downhill, yourspeed may increase above the setspeed. The system will not apply the

brakes but a warning will be given.

The system allows you to set a speed, towhich the vehicle then becomes limited.The set speed will become the effectivemaximum speed of the vehicle, but withthe option to temporarily exceed this limitif required.

USING THE SPEED LIMITERNote: The set speed limit can beintentionally exceeded for a short period ifrequired, for example when overtaking.The system is operated by adjustmentcontrols mounted on the steering wheel.

E133198

A

B

C

D

Set speed increaseASpeed limiter on/offBSet speed decreaseCSpeed limiter cancel/resumeD

Switching the system on and offPress switch B. The information displaywill prompt for a speed to be set.

Setting the speed limitUse the cruise control switches to alter themaximum speed setting.Press switch A or switch C to select yourdesired speed limit. The speed is displayedin the information display and stored asthe set speed.Pull switch D to cancel the limiter andplace it in standby mode. The informationdisplay will confirm deactivation byshowing the set speed crossed out.Pull switch D again to resume the limiter.The information display will confirm thesystem is active by showing the set speedagain.

Intentionally exceeding the setspeed limitDepress the accelerator fully to temporarilydeactivate the system. The system willreactivate once the vehicle speed dropsbelow the set speed.

System warningsIf the set limit is accidentally exceeded, forexample driving downhill, the informationdisplay will show the set speed flashingtogether with an audible warning chime.If the set limit is intentionally exceeded theinformation display will show the set speedcrossed out.

160

Speed Limiter

Page 163: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGSUse load securing straps to anapproved standard, e.g. DIN.Make sure that you secure all looseitems properly.Place luggage and other loads as lowand as far forward as possible withinthe luggage or loadspace.Do not drive with the tailgate or reardoor open. Exhaust fumes may enterthe vehicle.Do not exceed the maximum frontand rear axle loads for your vehicle.See Vehicle Identification Plate

(page 214).Heavy loads, when placed in thepassenger compartment, should beon or behind folded rear seats as

shown. See Rear Seats (page 112).

CAUTIONDo not allow items to contact the rearwindows.

C-Max

E98627

Grand C-Max

E97377

LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTSNote: Item D is available only on vehicleswith a tyre repair kit.

161

Load Carrying

Page 164: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E130146

B

A

C

D

C-MAXAC-MAX and Grand C-MAXBGrand C-MAXCC-MAXD

162

Load Carrying

Page 165: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

LUGGAGE COVERS

WARNINGDo not place objects on the luggagecover.

E72969

Pull out the cover and secure it in theretaining points.Release it from the retaining points and letit roll back into the case. Clip the retaininghook onto the case.

E72970

To remove or install the cover, push eitherend of the case inwards.

REAR UNDER FLOORSTORAGE

WARNINGWhen you are using a child restraintwith a support leg on a second rowseat, make sure that you locate the

support leg securely on the under floorstorage compartment lid. Make sure thatyou install the foam spacer correctly insidethe storage compartment and that youposition the lid correctly.

E78097

CARGO NETSC-MAX

WARNINGLuggage retention net anchor pointsare not fitted behind the first orsecond row seats.

163

Load Carrying

Page 166: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Grand C-MAXWARNING

Luggage retention net anchor pointsare not fitted behind the first rowseats, but are fitted behind the

second row seats.

Luggage retention netInstalling the net

CAUTIONSDo not move the rear seats when thecargo net is installed.Do not use the cargo net if the thirdrow seats are in use.

E87052

1. Push the ends of the upper bar towardseach other and insert them into theretainers on the roof. Push the barforwards into the narrow section of theretainers.

E130320

Note: Make sure the centre seat is upright.Note: Only install the cargo net behind therear seats.2. Attach the net to the luggage anchor

points. See Luggage Anchor Points(page 161).

E130321

3. Tighten the belts.

164

Load Carrying

Page 167: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Removing the net

E130322

1. Release the belts.2. Remove the net from the luggage

anchor points.3. Remove the upper bars.

ROOF RACKS AND LOADCARRIERSRoof rack

WARNINGSIf you use a roof rack, the fuelconsumption of your vehicle will behigher and you may experience

different driving characteristics.Read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions when you are fitting aroof rack.

CAUTIONDo not exceed the maximumpermissible roof load of 75kilogrammes (165 pounds) (including

the roof rack).

Check the security of the roof rack andtighten its fittings as follows:

• before starting• after driving 50 kilometres (30 miles)• at 1000 kilometres (600 miles)

intervals.To reduce fuel consumption, cross railsshould be removed when not in use.

Installing the crossbarsWARNING

Distribute the load evenly over theloading area and keep the centre ofgravity as low as possible. Secure the

load well to prevent it from slipping. Neverplace any loads directly onto the roofsurface.

CAUTIONRemove the crossbars before enteringan automatic car wash.

Note: The side mounting tracks aredesigned such that crossbars (for bicyclecarriers, ski carriers etc.) from the Fordaccessories range can be fitted.Note: Before installing the crossbars, cleanthe side mounting tracks with water and asponge.Note: Position the crossbars as shown.

A B

E98206

120 mm (4.7 inches)A800 mm (31.5 inches)B

165

Load Carrying

Page 168: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E130001

Note: Adhesive pads are supplied to helpreduce the buffeting noise.Note: Make sure the surface of thecrossbars is clean before attaching theadhesive pads.1. Remove the backing and attach the

adhesive pads to the crossbars in thepositions shown.

4 Nm32

E130066

2. Pull the handle out.3. Turn the handle clockwise to bring the

crossbar in contact with the rail.

4E130067

A

Note: Make sure there is no gap betweencrossbar and rail (A).4. Turn the handle a minimum of 3.5

revolutions.

E98208

5. Push the handle in. Turn the keyclockwise to lock.

6. Remove the key.

166

Load Carrying

Page 169: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Accessing the T-notch

1

2

3

E98209

1. Pull the handle out.2. Lower the cover.3. Remove the sliding bar.

Installing a roof box

E130002

Make sure the adhesive pads are not incontact with the installation bolt.

167

Load Carrying

Page 170: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

TOWING A TRAILER

WARNINGSDo not exceed 100 km/h (62 mph).

The rear tyre pressures must beincreased by 0.2 bar (3 psi) abovespecification. See Technical

Specifications (page 209).Do not exceed the maximum grosstrain weight stated on the vehicleidentification plate. See Vehicle

identification (page 214).

CAUTIONDo not exceed the maximumpermissible nose weight, i.e. verticalweight on the tow ball, of 75

kilogrammes (165 pounds).

Note: Not all vehicles are suitable orapproved to have tow bars fitted. Checkwith your dealer first.Place loads as low and central to theaxle(s) of the trailer as possible. If you aretowing with an unladen vehicle, the loadin the trailer should be placed toward thenose, within the maximum nose load, asthis gives the best stability.The stability of the vehicle to trailercombination is very much dependant onthe quality of the trailer.In high altitude regions above 1000 metres(3281 feet), the stipulated maximumpermitted gross train weight must bereduced by 10% for every additional 1000metres (3281 feet).

Steep gradientsWARNING

The overrun brake on a trailer is notcontrolled by ABS.

Change down a gear before you reach asteep downhill gradient.

RETRACTABLE TOW BALL

CAUTIONOnly move the tow ball arm with yourhand. Never use your foot or auxiliarytools as damage to the mechanism

may result.

E130344

A

You can turn the retractable tow ball armthrough 90 degrees using the handwheelA.

E75174

B

C

A 13-pin trailer socket B is providedunderneath the rear bumper next to thetow ball arm C.

168

Towing

Page 171: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Swivelling the tow ball inWARNINGS

Keep your hands away from thehandwheel as it rotates during thelocking process.You will hear a warning tone whenthe tow ball arm is not in one of thelocked positions. If you do not hear

the tone when moving the tow ball arm,do not use the tow bar and have it checkedby a properly trained technician.

CAUTIONBefore retracting the ball neck into itsstowage position always unhitch thetrailer or dismantle load carriers and

their attachments. Dismantle attachmentsfor tracking stabilisation. Remove the plugfor the trailer power supply and theadapter from the socket. Failure to do somay result in damage to the bumper.

E130345

1. Insert the key into the handwheel andturn it clockwise to unlock.

E130346

2. Pull the handwheel out and turn itanti-clockwise to the stop. The tow ballarm automatically swivels into amidway position.

E75176

3. Release the handwheel. The tow ballarm is not locked. This is indicated bythe warning tone and the handwheelprojects about five millimetres (0.2inch) from its housing.

169

Towing

Page 172: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E75177

4. Manually turn the tow ball arm steadilyfrom its midway position to the stop inthe stowage position. The tow ball armautomatically locks in the end position.The locking process is clearly audibleif the level of background noise is nottoo high. When the locking process iscompleted, the warning tone stops andthe handwheel will return to its originalposition.

5. Turn the key anti-clockwise andremove it.

Swivelling the tow ball outWARNING

You will hear a warning tone whenthe tow ball arm is not in one of thelocked positions. If you do not hear

the tone when moving the tow ball arm,do not use the tow bar and have it checkedby a properly trained technician.

1. Insert the key into the handwheel andturn it clockwise to unlock.

2. Pull the handwheel out and turn itanti-clockwise to the stop. The tow ballarm automatically swivels into themidway position.

E75179

3. Release the handwheel. The tow ballarm is not locked. This is indicated bythe warning tone and the handwheelprojects about five millimetres (0.2inch) from its housing.

E75178

4. Manually turn the tow ball arm steadilyfrom its midway position to the stop inthe operating position. The tow ballarm automatically locks in the endposition. The locking process is clearlyaudible if the level of background noiseis not too high. When the lockingprocess is completed, the warning tonestops and the handwheel will return toits original position.

5. Turn the key anti-clockwise andremove it.

170

Towing

Page 173: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Driving with a trailerWARNING

If any of the conditions below cannotbe met, do not use the tow bar andhave it checked by a properly trained

technician.

Before starting your journey, make surethat the tow ball arm is properly locked.Check that:• there is no warning tone when the

locking procedure has been completed• the handwheel is in its housing and that

there is no gap• you have locked the handwheel

(anti-clockwise) and removed the key• the tow ball arm is locked. It must not

move when jerked.

MaintenanceCAUTIONS

The towing hitch and control unit aremaintenance-free. Do not grease oroil them.Only the manufacturer should carryout repairs or dismantle the towinghitch.If you use a high pressure spray towash your vehicle, do not direct thespray onto the swivel joint of the tow

ball arm.

171

Towing

Page 174: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

RUNNING-INTyres

WARNINGNew tyres need to be run-in forapproximately 500 kilometres (300miles). During this time, you may

experience different driving characteristics.

Brakes and clutchWARNING

Avoid heavy use of the brakes andclutch if possible for the first 150kilometres (100 miles) in town and

for the first 1500 kilometres (1000 miles)on motorways.

EngineCAUTION

Avoid driving too fast during the first1500 kilometres (1000 miles). Varyyour speed frequently and change up

through the gears early. Do not labour theengine.

COLD WEATHERPRECAUTIONSThe functional operation of somecomponents and systems can be affectedat temperatures below -30°C (-22°F).

DRIVING THROUGH WATERDriving through water

CAUTIONSDrive through water in an emergencyonly, and not as part of normal driving.Engine damage can occur if waterenters the air filter.

In an emergency, the vehicle can be driventhrough water to a maximum depth of 200millimetres (8 inches) and at a maximumspeed of 10 km/h (6 mph). Extra cautionshould be exercised when driving throughflowing water.When driving in water, maintain a lowspeed and do not stop the vehicle. Afterdriving through water, and as soon as it issafe to do so:• Depress the brake pedal lightly and

check that full brake function isachieved.

• Check that the horn works.• Check that the vehicle's lights are fully

operational.• Check the power assistance

of the steering system.

172

Driving Hints

Page 175: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

FIRST AID KITSpace is provided in the under floor storagecompartment to store a first aid kit. SeeRear Under Floor Storage (page 163).

WARNING TRIANGLE

E130151

Slide the front seat fully rearwards. SeeSeats (page 109).

EMERGENCY EXITIf your vehicle has been involved in anaccident, occupants seated in the third rowmust evacuate the vehicle using thesecond row centre seat.

E129302

Pull the red handle and fold the seatbackforward.

173

Roadside Emergencies

Page 176: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

FUSE BOX LOCATIONSEngine compartment fuse boxThis fuse box is located in the enginecompartment See Maintenance (page185).

Passenger compartment fuse box

E130170

E130171

1. Pinch the retaining clips to release thecover.

2. Lower the fuse box cover and pull ittowards you.

Install in the reverse order.

Load compartment fuse box

E130147

CHANGING A FUSE

WARNINGSDo not modify the electrical systemof your vehicle in any way. Haverepairs to the electrical system and

the replacement of relays and high currentfuses carried out by a properly trainedtechnician.

Switch the ignition and all electricalequipment off before touching orattempting to change a fuse.

CAUTIONFit a replacement fuse with the samerating as the one you have removed.

Note: You can identify a blown fuse by abreak in the filament.Note: All fuses, except high current fuses,are a push fit.Note: A fuse puller is located in the enginecompartment fuse box.

174

Fuses

Page 177: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHARTEngine compartment fuse box

E129925

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

ABS pump407

ABS valve308

Headlamp washer209

Heater blower4010

Not used-11

Engine Control Relay3012

Starter relay3013

Heated windscreen (right-hand side)4014

Not used-15

175

Fuses

Page 178: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Heated windscreen (left-hand side)4016

Fuel fired heater2017

Windscreen wipers2018

ABS ESP module519

Horn1520

Stop lamp switch521

Battery monitoring system1522

Relay coils, light switch module523

Rear power outlet2024

Electric exterior mirrors1025

Powertrain control module (PCM)1526

Air conditioning clutch1527

Not used-28

Heated rear window2529

Engine control module530

Not used-31

EGR Valve, swirl control valves, HEGO sensor (enginemanagement)1032

Ignition Coils1033

Injectors1034

Diesel filter heater, active grille shutters1535

Engine control module1036

ABS537

Engine control module, transmission control module1538

Headlamp control module539

Electric power assisted steering540

Body Control Module2041

176

Fuses

Page 179: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Rear window wiper1542

Headlamp levelling1543

Not used-44

Heated washer jets1045

Power windows (front)2546

Heated exterior mirrors7.547

Vapouriser1548

177

Fuses

Page 180: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Passenger compartment fuse box

E129926

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Fuel pump2056

178

Fuses

Page 181: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Not used-57

Not used-58

Passive anti theft system (PATS)559

Interior lamp, driver's door switch pack, glove box1060

Cigar lighter, second row power point2061

Rain sensor module, interior mirror562

Not used-63

Not used-64

Liftgate release1065

Driver's door lock, double locking2066

Information and entertainment display7.567

Steering column lock1568

Instrument cluster569

Central locking2070

Air conditioning1071

Steering wheel control module7.572

Alarm, on-board diagnostics II573

Main beam1574

Front fog lamps1575

Reversing lamp1076

Washer pump2077

Ignition switch or start button578

Voice control module, radio, navigation system, DVDplayer, CD changer, door lock button1579

Not used-80

Interior motion sensor, RF receiver, sun blinds.581

Washer pump ground2082

179

Fuses

Page 182: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Central locking ground2083

Driver's door lock and double locking ground2084

Radio, navigation system, passenger airbag deactivationswitch, heated front seats switch, parking heater, manualair conditioning heater module

7.585

Restraint system1086

Not used-87

Not used-88

Not used-89

Load compartment fuse box

E129927

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Not used-1

Keyless vehicle module102

Keyless vehicle door handles53

Door module (left-hand front) (power windows, centrallocking, electric folding exterior mirror, heated exteriormirror)

254

180

Fuses

Page 183: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Door module (right-hand front) (window up/down, centrallocking, electric folding mirror, heated mirror)255

Door module (left-hand rear) (window up/down)256

Door module (right-hand rear) (window up/down)257

Security Horn108

Electric driver's seat259

Not used-10

Not used-11

Not used-12

Not used-13

Not used-14

Not used-15

Not used-16

Not used-17

Not used-18

Not used-19

Not used-20

Not used-21

Not used-22

Not used-23

Power inverter3024

Power operated tailgate2525

Accessories, trailer module4026

Not used-27

Not used-28

Blind spot information system529

Park aid Module530

181

Fuses

Page 184: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Circuits protectedAmpereratingFuse

Rear view camera531

Power inverter532

Not used-33

Heated driver's seat1534

Heated front passenger seat1535

Not used-36

Sun blind system2037

Not used-38

Not used-39

Not used-40

Not used-41

Not used-42

Not used-43

Not used-44

Not used-45

Not used-46

182

Fuses

Page 185: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

TOWING POINTSTowing eye locationThe screw-in towing eye is located in thespare wheel well.The towing eye must always be carried inthe vehicle.

Installing the towing eyeCAUTION

The screw-in towing eye has aleft-hand thread. Turn itanti-clockwise to install it. Make sure

that the towing eye is fully tightened.

Note: On vehicles with a tow bar, thetowing eye cannot be installed at the rearof the vehicle. Use the tow bar to tow avehicle.

Front towing eye

E78367

Rear towing eye

E78368

Insert a suitable object into the hole on theunderside of the cover and prise off thecover.Install the towing eye.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ONFOUR WHEELSAll vehicles

WARNINGSSwitch the ignition on when yourvehicle is being towed. The steeringlock will engage and the direction

indicators and brake lamps will not workif you do not.

The brake and steering assistancewill not operate unless the engine isrunning. Press the brake pedal harder

and allow for increased stopping distancesand heavier steering.

183

Vehicle recovery

Page 186: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CAUTIONSToo much tension in the tow ropecould cause damage to your vehicleor the vehicle that is towing.Select neutral when your vehicle isbeing towed.In the event of a breakdown ormechanical failure do not useindividual axle carriers. Your vehicle

must be recovered with either ALL wheelson the ground or transported with ALLwheels lifted clear of the ground on a levelplatform.

Drive off slowly and smoothly withoutjerking the vehicle that is towing.

Vehicles with automatictransmission

CAUTIONSIf a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph) and adistance of 20 kilometres (12 miles)is to be exceeded ALL wheels must

be lifted clear of the ground.It is recommended not to tow with thedrive wheels on the ground. However,if it is required to move the vehicle

from a dangerous location, do not tow yourvehicle faster than 20 km/h (12 mph) orfurther than 20 kilometres (12 miles).

Do not tow your vehicle backwards.

In the event of a mechanical failure ofthe transmission do not use individualaxle carriers. ALL wheels must be

lifted clear of the ground on a levelplatform.

Do not tow your vehicle if the ambienttemperature is below 0°C (32°F).

184

Vehicle recovery

Page 187: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATIONHave your vehicle serviced regularly to helpmaintain its roadworthiness and resalevalue. There is a large network of FordAuthorised Repairers that are there to helpyou with their professional servicingexpertise. We believe that their speciallytrained technicians are best qualified toservice your vehicle properly and expertly.They are supported by a wide range ofhighly specialised tools developedspecifically for servicing your vehicle.In addition to regular servicing, werecommend that you carry out thefollowing additional checks.

WARNINGSSwitch the ignition off beforetouching or attempting adjustmentof any kind.Do not touch the electronic ignitionsystem parts after you have switchedthe ignition on or when the engine is

running. The system operates at highvoltage.

Keep your hands and clothing clearof the engine cooling fan. Undercertain conditions, the fan may

continue to run for several minutes afteryou have switched the engine off.

CAUTIONWhen carrying out maintenancechecks, make sure that filler caps arefitted securely.

Daily checks• Exterior lamps.• Interior lamps.• Warning lamps and indicators.

Check when refuelling• Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check

(page 190).• Brake fluid level. See Brake and

Clutch Fluid Check (page 191).• Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid

Check (page 192).• Tyre pressures (when cold). See

Technical Specifications (page 209).• Tyre condition. See Wheels and Tyres

(page 199).

Monthly checks• Engine coolant level (engine cold). See

Engine Coolant Check (page 191).• Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.• Air conditioning operation.• Parking brake operation.• Horn operation.• Tightness of wheel nuts. See

Technical Specifications (page 209).

OPENING AND CLOSING THEBONNETOpening the bonnet

E73698

185

Maintenance

Page 188: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E135852

Move the catch to the left.E87786

Open the bonnet and support it with thestrut.

Closing the bonnetWARNING

Make sure that the bonnet is closedproperly.

Lower the bonnet and allow it to drop fromunder its own weight for the last 20 – 30centimetres (8 - 11 inches).

186

Maintenance

Page 189: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

UNDER BONNET OVERVIEW - 1.6L DURATEC-16V TI-VCT (SIGMA)

E130030

A B C D E F

GHI

Engine coolant reservoir*: See Engine Coolant Check (page 191).ABrake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive)*: See Brake and ClutchFluid Check (page 191).

B

Engine oil filler cap*: See Engine Oil Check (page 190).CBrake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive)*: See Brake and Clutch FluidCheck (page 191).

D

Battery: See Vehicle battery (page 197).EEngine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 174).FAir cleaner: No maintenance necessary.GEngine oil dipstick*: See Engine Oil Check (page 190).HScreen washer fluid reservoir*: See Washer Fluid Check (page 192).I

*For easy identification, filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are marked in colour.

187

Maintenance

Page 190: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

UNDER BONNET OVERVIEW - 1.6L DURATORQ-TDCI (DV) DIESEL

E130031

A B C D E F

GHI

Engine coolant reservoir*: See Engine Coolant Check (page 191).ABrake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive)*: See Brake and ClutchFluid Check (page 191).

B

Engine oil filler cap*: See Engine Oil Check (page 190).CBrake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive)*: See Brake and Clutch FluidCheck (page 191).

D

Battery: See Vehicle battery (page 197).EEngine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 174).FAir cleaner: No maintenance necessary.GEngine oil dipstick*: See Engine Oil Check (page 190).HScreen washer fluid reservoir*: See Washer Fluid Check (page 192).I

*For easy identification, filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are marked in colour.

188

Maintenance

Page 191: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

UNDER BONNET OVERVIEW - 2.0L DURATORQ-TDCI (DW) DIESEL

E130032

A B C D E F

GHI

Engine coolant reservoir*: See Engine Coolant Check (page 191).ABrake and clutch fluid reservoir (right-hand drive)*: See Brake and ClutchFluid Check (page 191).

B

Engine oil dipstick*: See Engine Oil Check (page 190).CBrake and clutch fluid reservoir (left-hand drive)*: See Brake and Clutch FluidCheck (page 191).

D

Battery: See Vehicle battery (page 197).EEngine compartment fuse box: See Fuses (page 174).FAir cleaner: No maintenance necessary.GEngine oil filler cap*: See Engine Oil Check (page 190).HScreen washer fluid reservoir*: See Washer Fluid Check (page 192).I

*For easy identification, filler caps and the engine oil dipstick are marked in colour.

189

Maintenance

Page 192: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6LDURATEC-16V TI-VCT (SIGMA)

E95540

BA

MINAMAXB

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 1.6LDURATORQ-TDCI (DV)DIESEL/2.0L DURATORQ-TDCI(DW) DIESEL

E95543

BA

MINAMAXB

ENGINE OIL CHECK

CAUTIONDo not use oil additives or otherengine treatments. Under certainconditions, they could damage the

engine.

Note: The oil consumption of new enginesreaches its normal level after approximately5000 kilometres (3000 miles).

Checking the oil levelCAUTION

Make sure that the level is betweenthe MIN and the MAX marks.

Note: Check the level before starting theengine.Note: Make sure that your vehicle is on levelground.Note: Oil expands when it is hot. The levelmay therefore extend a few millimetresbeyond the MAX mark.Remove the dipstick and wipe it with aclean, lint free cloth. Replace the dipstickand remove it again to check the oil level.If the level is at the MIN mark, top upimmediately.

Topping upWARNINGS

Only top up when the engine is cold.If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutesfor the engine to cool down.Do not remove the filler cap whenthe engine is running.

Remove the filler cap.CAUTION

Do not top up further than the MAXmark.

Top up with fluid that meets the Fordspecification. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 192).Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you feela strong resistance.

190

Maintenance

Page 193: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ENGINE COOLANT CHECKChecking the coolant level

WARNINGDo not allow the fluid to touch yourskin or eyes. If this happens, rinse theaffected areas immediately with

plenty of water and contact your doctor.

CAUTIONMake sure that the level is betweenthe MIN and the MAX marks.

Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. Thelevel may therefore extend beyond the MAXmark.If the level is at the MIN mark, top upimmediately.

Topping upWARNINGS

Only top up when the engine is cold.If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutesfor the engine to cool down.Do not remove the filler cap whenthe engine is running.Do not remove the filler cap whenthe engine is hot. Wait for the engineto cool down.Undiluted coolant is flammable andmay ignite if spilt on a hot exhaust.

CAUTIONSIn an emergency, you can add justwater to the cooling system to reacha vehicle service station. Have the

system checked by a properly trainedtechnician as soon as possible.

CAUTIONSProlonged use of incorrect dilution ofthe coolant can cause engine damagefrom corrosion, overheating or

freezing.

Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure willescape slowly as you unscrew the cap.

CAUTIONDo not top up further than the MAXmark.

Top up with a 50/50 mixture of coolantand water using fluid that meets the Fordspecification. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 192).

BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUIDCHECK

WARNINGSUse of any fluid other than therecommended brake fluid mayreduce brake efficiency and not meet

Ford's performance standards.Do not allow the fluid to touch yourskin or eyes. If this happens, rinse theaffected areas immediately with

plenty of water and contact your doctor.If the level is at the MIN mark, havethe system checked by a properlytrained technician as soon as

possible.

Note: Keep brake fluid clean and dry.Contamination with dirt, water, petroleumproducts or other materials may result inbrake system damage and possible failure.Note: The brake and the clutch systems aresupplied from the same reservoir.

191

Maintenance

Page 194: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Top up with fluid that meets the Fordspecification. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 192).

WASHER FLUID CHECKNote: The front and rear washer systemsare supplied from the same reservoir.

When topping up, use a mixture of washerfluid and water to help prevent freezing incold weather and improve the cleaningcapability. We recommend that you useonly high quality washer fluid.For information on fluid dilution, refer tothe product instructions.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSVehicle fluids

CAUTIONDo not use fluids which do not meet the specifications or requirements defined. Useof unsuitable fluids may lead to damage which is not covered by your Warranty.

Recommended fluidSpecificationItem

Castrol or Ford Engine OilWSS-M2C913-CEngine oil - petrol and dieselengines

Castrol Engine OilWSS-M2C925-BAlternative engine oil -petrol engines only

Motorcraft SuperPlus Anti-freezeWSS-M97B44-DAntifreeze

Motorcraft or Ford DOT 4 LVHigh Performance BrakeFluid

WSS-M6C65-A2 or ISO4925 Class 6Brake fluid

Your engine has been designed to be used with Castrol and Ford Engine Oil, which givesa fuel economy benefit whilst maintaining the durability of your engine.For petrol engines only, Ford and Castrol have developed a low friction SAE-5W-20 oilwhich offers further fuel economy benefits over the standard SAE-5W-30 oil. If this oilis not available, we recommend that you service with oil to specification WSS-M2C913-C.Topping up the oil: If you are unable to find an oil that meets the specification definedby WSS-M2C913-C or WSS-M2C925-B (petrol engines only), you must use SAE 5W-30that meets the specification defined by ACEA A5/B5.Using topping up oils other than the one specified can result in longer engine crankingperiods, reduced engine performance, reduced fuel economy and increased emissionlevels.Castrol engine oil recommended.

192

Maintenance

Page 195: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E115472

Capacities

Capacity in Litres (gallons)ItemVariant

60 (13.2)Fuel tankAll - Grand C-MAX

55 (12.1)Fuel tankVehicles with a petrolengine - C-MAX

53 (11.7)Fuel tank1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DV, C-MAX

60 (13.2)Fuel tank2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DW,C-MAX

4.5 (1)Windscreen washer system- with headlamp washersAll

3 (0.7)Windscreen washer system- without headlampwashers

All

4.1 (0.9)Engine oil - with filter1.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT -Sigma

3.75 (0.8)Engine oil - without filter1.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT -Sigma

approx. 5.8 (1.3)Cooling system1.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT -Sigma

4.1 (0.9)Engine oil - with filter1.6L EcoBoost - Sigma

3.75 (0.8)Engine oil - without filter1.6L EcoBoost - Sigma

approx. 6.3 (1.4)Cooling system1.6L EcoBoost - Sigma

3.8 (0.8)Engine oil - with filter1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DV

3.5 (0.8)Engine oil - without filter1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DV

approx. 7.3 (1.6)Cooling system1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DV

5.7 (1.3)Engine oil - with filter2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DW

5.4 (1.2)Engine oil - without filter2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DW

193

Maintenance

Page 196: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Capacity in Litres (gallons)ItemVariant

approx. 8.5 (1.9)Cooling system2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DW

Engine oil top up capacities

Capacity in litres (gallons)Engine

0.7 (0.2)1.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT - Sigma

0.8 (0.2)1.6L EcoBoost - Sigma

1.6 (0.4)1.6L Duratorq-TDCi - DV

1.8 (0.4)2.0L Duratorq-TDCi - DW

194

Maintenance

Page 197: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

WARNINGIf you use a car wash with a waxingcycle, make sure that you remove thewax from the windscreen.

CAUTIONSPrior to using a car wash facility checkthe suitability of it for your vehicle.Some car wash installations usewater at high pressure. This coulddamage certain parts of your vehicle.Remove the aerial before using anautomatic car wash.Switch the heater blower off toprevent contamination of the fresh airfilter.

We recommend that you wash your vehiclewith a sponge and lukewarm watercontaining a car shampoo.

Cleaning the headlampsCAUTIONS

Do not scrape the headlamp lensesor use abrasives, alcoholic solvents orchemical solvents to clean them.Do not wipe the headlamps whenthey are dry.

Cleaning the rear windowCAUTION

Do not scrape the inside of the rearwindow or use abrasives or chemicalsolvents to clean it.

Use a clean, lint free cloth or a dampchamois leather to clean the inside of therear window.

Cleaning the chrome trimCAUTION

Do not use abrasives or chemicalsolvents. Use soapy water.

Body paintwork preservationCAUTIONS

Do not polish your vehicle in strongsunshine.Do not allow polish to touch plasticsurfaces. It could be difficult toremove.Do not apply polish to the windscreenor rear window. This could cause thewipers to become noisy and they may

not clear the window properly.

We recommend that you wax thepaintwork once or twice a year.

CLEANING THE INTERIORSeat belts

WARNINGSDo not use abrasives, or chemicalsolvents to clean them.Do not allow moisture to penetratethe seat belt retractor mechanism.

Clean the seat belts with interior cleaneror water applied with a soft sponge. Letthe seat belts dry naturally, away fromartificial heat.

195

Vehicle Care

Page 198: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Instrument cluster screens, LCDscreens, radio screens

WARNINGDo not use abrasives, alcoholicsolvents or chemical solvents toclean them.

Rear windowsCAUTIONS

Do not use any abrasive materials toclean the interior of the rear windows.Do not install stickers or labels to theinterior of the rear windows.

REPAIRING MINOR PAINTDAMAGE

CAUTIONRemove apparently harmless lookingsubstances from the paintworkimmediately (e.g. bird droppings, tree

resins, insect remains, tar spots, road saltand industrial fall out).

You should repair paintwork damagecaused by stones from the road or minorscratches as soon as possible. A choice ofproducts is available from your FordDealer. Read and follow themanufacturer’s instructions.

196

Vehicle Care

Page 199: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

JUMP-STARTING THE VEHICLE

WARNINGDo not use fuel lines, engine rockercovers or the intake manifold asgrounding points.

CAUTIONSConnect batteries with only the samenominal voltage.Always use booster cables withinsulated clamps and adequate sizecable.Do not disconnect the battery fromthe vehicle’s electrical system.

To connect the booster cables

A

B

C D

E102925

Flat battery vehicleABooster battery vehicleBPositive connection cableCNegative connection cableD

1. Position the vehicles so that they donot touch one another.

2. Switch off the engine and any electricalequipment.

3. Connect the positive (+) terminal ofvehicle B with the positive (+) terminalof vehicle A (cable C).

4. Connect the negative (-) terminal ofvehicle B to the ground connection ofvehicle A (cable D). See Batteryconnection points (page 198).

197

Vehicle battery

Page 200: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

CAUTIONSDo not connect to the negative (–)terminal of the flat battery.Make sure that the cables are clear ofany moving parts and fuel deliverysystem parts.

To start the engine1. Run the engine of vehicle B at

moderately high speed.2. Start the engine of vehicle A.3. Run both vehicles for a minimum of

three minutes before disconnecting thecables.

CAUTIONDo not switch on the headlamps whendisconnecting the cables. The peakvoltage could blow the bulbs.

Disconnect the cables in the reverse order.

CHANGING THE VEHICLEBATTERY

CAUTIONFor vehicles with Start-stop thebattery requirement is different. Itmust be replaced by one of exactly

the same specification as the original.

Note: Where applicable, the audio systemmust be reprogrammed with the keycode.The battery is located in the enginecompartment. See Maintenance (page185).

BATTERY CONNECTIONPOINTS

CAUTIONDo not connect to the negative (–)terminal of the flat battery.

E130431

The ground connection point is located tothe right of the battery near the enginecompartment fuse box.

198

Vehicle battery

Page 201: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATION

CAUTIONSUse only approved wheel and tyresizes. Using other sizes could damagethe vehicle and will make the National

Type Approval invalid.If you change the diameter of the tyresfrom that fitted at the factory, thespeedometer may not display the

correct speed. Take the vehicle to yourdealer to have the engine managementsystem reprogrammed.

If you intend to change the size of thewheels from that fitted at the factory,check the suitability with your dealer.

Note: Check your tyre pressures regularlyto optimise fuel economy.A decal with tyre pressure data is locatedin the driver’s door opening at the B-pillar.Check and set the tyre pressure at theambient temperature in which you areintending to drive the vehicle and when thetyres are cold.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEELLocking wheel nutsYou can obtain a replacement lockingwheel nut key and replacement lockingwheel nuts from your dealer using thereference number certificate.

Vehicles with a spare wheelIf the spare wheel is exactly the same typeand size as the other fitted road wheels,you can replace the existing road wheelwith the spare wheel and continue to drivein the normal manner.If the spare wheel is different to the otherroad wheels, it will carry a yellow label withthe appropriate speed limit.

Refer to the following information beforechanging the road wheel.

WARNINGSDrive the shortest possible distances.

Do not fit more than one spare wheelon your vehicle at any one time.Do not carry out any tyre repairs ona spare wheel.Do not drive through an automaticcar wash.If you are unsure what type of sparewheel you have do not exceed 80km/h (50 mph).Only fit snow chains to specifiedtyres. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 209).

CAUTIONThe ground clearance of your vehiclemay be reduced. Take care whenparking next to a kerb.

Note: Your vehicle may exhibit someunusual driving characteristics.

Vehicle jackWARNINGS

The vehicle jack supplied with yourvehicle should only be used whenchanging a wheel in emergency

situations.Before using the vehicle jack, checkthat it is not damaged or deformedand that the thread is lubricated and

free from foreign matter.Never place anything between thejack and the ground, or the jack andthe vehicle.

199

Wheels and Tyres

Page 202: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: Vehicles with a tyre repair kit are notequipped with a vehicle jack or a wheelbrace.It is recommended to use a workshop typehydraulic jack for changing betweensummer and winter tyres.Note: Use a jack with a minimum liftingcapacity of 1.5 tonnes and a lifting plate witha minimum diameter of 80 millimetres (3.1inches).

Vehicles without tyre repair kitYour vehicle jack, wheel brace, screw-intowing eye and wheel trim remover arelocated in the spare wheel well.

Jacking and lifting pointsCAUTION

Use only the specified jacking points.If you use other positions, you maydamage the body, steering,

suspension, engine, braking system or thefuel lines.

E92658

A

B

Emergency use onlyAMaintenanceB

200

Wheels and Tyres

Page 203: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E93302

A

Small arrow-shaped marks on the sills Ashow the location of the jacking points.

E92932

E93020

Assembling the wheel braceType one

WARNINGWhen returning the wheel braceextension to its original position, takecare not to get your fingers caught.

Note: Make sure that the wheel brace isfully extended.

E122546

Extend the wheel brace.

Type two

CAUTIONThe screw-in towing eye has aleft-hand thread. Turn itanti-clockwise to install it. Make sure

that the towing eye is fully tightened.

E122502

Insert the screw-in towing eye into thewheel brace.

201

Wheels and Tyres

Page 204: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Removing the wheel trimType oneInsert the flat end of the wheel bracebetween the rim and the trim and carefullyremove the trim.

Type two

E122314

2

1

1. Insert the wheel trim remover.2. Remove the wheel trim.Note: Make sure that you pull the wheeltrim remover at right angles to the trim.

Removing a road wheelWARNINGS

Park your vehicle in such a positionthat neither the traffic nor you arehindered or endangered.Set up a warning triangle.

Make sure that the vehicle is on firm,level ground with the wheels pointingstraight ahead.Switch off the ignition and apply theparking brake.

WARNINGSIf your vehicle has a manualtransmission, select first or reversegear. If it has an automatic

transmission, select park.Have the passengers leave thevehicle.Secure the diagonally oppositewheel with an appropriate block orwheel chock.Make sure that the arrows ondirectional tyres point in the directionof rotation when the vehicle is

moving forwards. If you have to fit a sparewheel with the arrows pointing in theopposite direction, have the tyre refittedin the correct direction by a properlytrained technician.

Do not work underneath the vehiclewhen it is supported only by a jack.Make sure that the jack is vertical tothe jacking point and the base is flaton the ground.

CAUTIONDo not lay alloy wheels face down onthe ground, this will damage the paint.

Note: The spare wheel is located under thefloor cover in the luggage compartment.1. Install the locking wheel nut key.

202

Wheels and Tyres

Page 205: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E121887

1

2

2. Slacken the wheel nuts.3. Jack up the vehicle until the tyre is clear

of the ground.4. Remove the wheel nuts and the wheel.

Installing a road wheelWARNINGS

Use only approved wheel and tyresizes. Using other sizes coulddamage the vehicle and will make

the National Type Approval invalid. SeeTechnical Specifications (page 209).

Do not fit run flat tyres on vehiclesthat were not originally fitted withthem. Please contact your dealer for

more details regarding compatibility.

CAUTIONDo not install alloy wheels usingwheel nuts designed for use with steelwheels.

Note: The wheel nuts of alloy wheels andspoked steel wheels can also be used forthe steel spare wheel for a short time(maximum two weeks).Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contactsurfaces are free from foreign matter.Note: Make sure that the cones on thewheel nuts are against the wheel.1. Install the wheel.2. Install the wheel nuts finger tight.3. Install the locking wheel nut key.

1

2

3 4

5

E75442

4. Partially tighten the wheel nuts in thesequence shown.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.6. Fully tighten the wheel nuts in the

sequence shown. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 209).

7. Install the wheel trim using the ball ofyour hand.

203

Wheels and Tyres

Page 206: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

WARNINGHave the wheel nuts checked fortightness and the tyre pressurechecked as soon as possible.

TYRE REPAIR KITYour vehicle may not have a spare tyre. Inthis case it will have an emergency tyrerepair kit that can be used to repair oneflat tyre.The tyre repair kit is located in the sparewheel well.

General informationWARNINGS

Depending on the type and extent oftyre damage, some tyres can only bepartially sealed or not sealed at all.

Loss of tyre pressure can affect vehiclehandling, leading to loss of vehicle control.

Do not use the tyre repair kit if thetyre has already been damaged as aresult of being driven under inflated.Do not use the tyre repair kit on runflat tyres.Do not try to seal damage other thanthat located within the visible treadof the tyre.Do not try to seal damage to thetyre’s sidewall.

The tyre repair kit seals most tyrepunctures [with a diameter of up to sixmillimetres (1/4 inch)] to temporarilyrestore mobility.Observe the following rules when using thekit:

• Drive with caution and avoidmaking sudden steering or drivingmanoeuvres, especially if the vehicleis heavily loaded or you are towing atrailer.

• The kit will provide you with anemergency temporary repair, enablingyou to continue your journey to the nextvehicle or tyre dealer, or to drive amaximum distance of 200 kilometres(125 miles).

• Do not exceed a maximum speed of80 km/h (50 mph).

• Keep the kit out of the reach ofchildren.

• Only use the kit when the ambienttemperature is between –30°C (-22°F)and +70°C (+158°F).

Using the tyre repair kitWARNINGS

Compressed air can act as anexplosive or propellant.Never leave the tyre repair kitunattended while in use.

CAUTIONDo not keep the compressor operatingfor more than 10 minutes.

Note: Use the tyre repair kit only for thevehicle with which it was supplied.• Park your vehicle at the roadside so

that you do not obstruct the flow oftraffic and so that you are able to usethe kit without being in danger.

• Apply the parking brake, even if youhave parked on a level road, to makesure that the vehicle will not move.

• Do not attempt to remove foreignobjects like nails or screws penetratingthe tyre.

204

Wheels and Tyres

Page 207: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

• Leave the engine running while the kitis in use, but not if the vehicle is in anenclosed or poorly ventilated area (forexample, inside a building). In thesecircumstances, switch the compressoron with the engine turned off.

• Replace the sealant bottle with a newone before the expiry date (see top ofbottle) is reached.

• Inform all other users of the vehiclethat the tyre has been temporarilysealed with the tyre repair kit and makethem aware of the special drivingconditions to be observed.

Inflating the tyreWARNINGS

Check the sidewall of the tyre priorto inflation. If there are any cracks,bumps or similar damage, do not

attempt to inflate the tyre.Do not stand directly beside the tyrewhile the compressor is pumping.Watch the sidewall of the tyre. If anycracks, bumps or similar damageappear, turn off the compressor and

let the air out by means of the pressurerelief valve B. Do not continue driving withthis tyre.

The sealant contains natural rubberlatex. Avoid contact with skin andclothing. If this happens, rinse the

affected areas immediately with plenty ofwater and contact your doctor.

If the tyre inflation pressure does notreach 1.8 bar (26 psi) within sevenminutes, the tyre may have suffered

excessive damage, making a temporaryrepair impossible. In this case, do notcontinue driving with this tyre.

CAUTIONScrewing the bottle onto the bottleholder will pierce the seal of thebottle. Do not unscrew the bottle from

the holder as the sealant will escape.

E94973

BJ

I

FE

C

KA

G

H

D

Protective capAPressure relief valveBHoseCOrange capDBottle holderEPressure gaugeF

205

Wheels and Tyres

Page 208: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Power plug with cableGCompressor switchHLabelIBottle lidJSealant bottleK

1. Open the lid of the tyre repair kit.2. Peel off the label I showing the

maximum permissible speed of80 km/h (50 mph) from the casing andattach it to the instrument panel in thedriver’s field of view. Make sure thelabel does not obscure anythingimportant.

3. Take the hose C and the power plugwith cable G out of the kit.

4. Unscrew the orange cap D and thebottle lid J.

5. Screw the sealant bottle K clockwiseinto the bottle holder E fully tight.

6. Remove the valve cap from thedamaged tyre.

7. Detach the protective cap A from thehose C and screw the hose C firmlyonto the valve of the damaged tyre.

8. Make sure that the compressor switchH is in position 0.

9. Insert the power plug G into the cigarlighter socket or auxiliary power socket.See Cigar Lighter (page 122). SeeAuxiliary Power Points (page 123).

10. Start the engine.11. Move the compressor switch H to

position 1.12. Inflate the tyre for no longer than

seven minutes to an inflation pressureof minimum 1.8 bar (26 psi) and amaximum of 3.5 bar (51 psi). Movethe compressor switch H to position0 and check the current tyre pressurewith pressure gauge F.

13. Remove the power plug G from thecigar lighter socket or auxiliary powersocket.

14. Quickly unscrew the hose C from thetyre valve and replace the protectivecap A. Fasten the valve cap again.

15. Leave the sealant bottle K in thebottle holder E.

16. Make sure the kit, the bottle lid andthe orange cap are stored safely, butstill easily accessible in the vehicle.The kit will be required again whenyou check the tyre pressure.

17. Immediately drive approximatelythree kilometres (two miles) so thatthe sealant can seal the damagedarea.

Note: When pumping in the sealant throughthe tyre valve, the pressure may rise up to6 bar (87 psi) but will drop again after about30 seconds.

WARNINGIf you experience heavy vibrations,unsteady steering behaviour ornoises while driving, reduce your

speed and drive with caution to a placewhere it is safe for you to stop the vehicle.Recheck the tyre and its pressure. If thetyre pressure is less than 1.3 bar (19 psi) orif there are any cracks, bumps or similardamage visible, do not continue drivingwith this tyre.

Checking the tyre pressure1. Stop the vehicle after driving

approximately three kilometres(two miles). Check, and wherenecessary, adjust the pressure of thedamaged tyre.

2. Attach the kit and read the tyrepressure from the pressure gauge F.

206

Wheels and Tyres

Page 209: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

3. If the pressure of the sealant-filled tyreis 1.3 bar (19 psi) or more, adjust it tothe specified pressure. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 209).

4. Follow the inflation procedure onceagain to top up the tyre.

5. Check the tyre pressure again from thepressure gauge F. If the tyre pressureis too high, deflate the tyre to thespecified pressure using the pressurerelief valve B.

6. Once you have inflated the tyre to itscorrect tyre pressure, move thecompressor switch H to position 0,remove the power plug G from thesocket, unscrew the hose C, fasten thevalve cap and replace the protectivecap A.

7. Leave the sealant bottle K in the bottleholder E and store the kit away safelyin its original location.

8. Drive to the nearest tyre specialist toget the damaged tyre replaced. Beforethe tyre is removed from the rim, informyour tyre dealer that the tyre containssealant. Renew the kit as soon aspossible after it has been used once.

Note: Remember that emergency roadsidetyre repair kits only provide temporarymobility. Regulations concerning tyre repairafter usage of tyre repair kit may differ fromcountry to country. You should consult atyre specialist for advice.

WARNINGBefore driving, make sure the tyre isadjusted to the recommendedinflation pressure. See Technical

Specifications (page 209). Monitor thetyre pressure until the sealed tyre isreplaced.

Empty sealant bottles can be disposed oftogether with normal household waste.Return remains of sealant to your dealeror dispose of it in compliance with localwaste disposal regulations.

TYRE CARE

E70415

To make sure the front and rear tyres ofyour vehicle wear evenly and last longer,we recommend that you swap the tyresfrom front to rear and vice versa at regularintervals of between 5000 and 10000kilometres (3000 and 6000 miles).

CAUTIONDo not scrub the sidewalls of the tyreswhen you are parking.

If you have to mount a kerb, do so slowlyand approach it with the wheels atright-angles to the kerb.Examine the tyres regularly for cuts, foreignobjects and uneven wear of the tread.Uneven wear could mean that the wheelalignment is outside specification.Check the tyre pressures (including thespare) when cold, every two weeks.

207

Wheels and Tyres

Page 210: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

USING WINTER TYRES

CAUTIONMake sure that you use the correctwheel nuts for the type of wheel thewinter tyres are fitted to.

If winter tyres are used, make sure that thetyre pressures are correct. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 209).

USING SNOW CHAINS

WARNINGSDo not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph).

Do not use snow chains on snow-freeroads.Only fit snow chains to specifiedtyres. See TechnicalSpecifications (page 209).

CAUTIONIf your vehicle is fitted with wheeltrims, remove them before fittingsnow chains.

Note: The ABS will continue to operatenormally.Only use snow chains of 10 millimetre orsmaller.Only use snow chains on the front wheels.

Vehicles with stability control(ESP)Vehicles with stability control (ESP) mayexhibit some unusual drivingcharacteristics which can be reduced byswitching traction control off. See UsingStability Control (page 145).

TYRE PRESSUREMONITORING SYSTEM

WARNINGSThe system does not relieve you ofyour responsibility to regularly checkthe tyre pressures.The system will only provide a lowtyre pressure warning. It will notinflate the tyres.Do not drive on significantlyunder-inflated tyres. This may causethe tyres to overheat and fail.

Under-inflation reduces fuel efficiency, tyretread life and may also affect your abilityto drive the vehicle safely.

CAUTIONSDo not bend or damage the valveswhen you are inflating the tyres.Have tyres installed by properlytrained technicians.

The Deflation Detection System will alertyou if there is a change of air pressure inany tyre. It does this by using the ABSsensors to detect the rolling circumferenceof the wheels. When the circumferencechanges, this indicates low pressure in atyre, a warning message is displayed in theinformation display and the messageindicator will illuminate. See InformationMessages (page 90).If a low pressure warning message isdisplayed in the information display, checkthe tyre pressures as soon as possible andinflate them to the recommendedpressure. See Technical Specifications(page 209).If this happens frequently, have the causedetermined and rectified as soon aspossible.

208

Wheels and Tyres

Page 211: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Apart from a too low tyre pressure or adamaged tyre, the following situations canaffect the rolling circumference:• Vehicle load is uneven.• When using a trailer or travelling up and

down an incline.• Using snow chains.• Driving on soft surfaces such as snow

or mud.Note: The system will still functioncorrectly, but there may be an increaseddetection time.

System resetNote: Do not reset the system when thevehicle is moving.Note: You should reset the systemfollowing any adjustment to the tyrepressures or any changing of tyres.Note: Turn the ignition on.

1. Using the information display control,navigate to Settings > Driver assist> Deflation detection

2. Press and hold the OK button untilconfirmation appears.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSWheel nut torque

Nm (Ib-ft)Wheel type

130 (96)All

Tyre pressures (cold tyres)Up to 80 km/h (50 mph)

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (lbf/in²)

bar (lbf/in²)

bar (lbf/in²)

bar (lbf/in²)

4.2 (61)4.2 (61)4.2 (61)4.2 (61)T125/80 R 16All

4.2 (61)4.2 (61)4.2 (61)4.2 (61)T125/90 R 16All

209

Wheels and Tyres

Page 212: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

C-MAXUp to 160 km/h (100 mph)

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)205/55 R 16*Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)205/55 R 16*Vehicles with adiesel engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)215/55 R 16*Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)215/55 R 16*Vehicles with adiesel engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)215/50 R 17Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)215/50 R 171.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.4 (35)215/50 R 172.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)235/40 R 18Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)235/40 R 181.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.4 (35)235/40 R 182.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

*Only fit snow chains to specified tyres.

Continuous speed in excess of 160 km/h (100 mph)

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)205/55 R 161.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT - Sigma

210

Wheels and Tyres

Page 213: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)205/55 R 161.6L EcoBoost -Sigma

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)205/55 R 161.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)215/55 R 16Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.1 (31)2.4 (35)215/55 R 16Vehicles with adiesel engine

2.8 (41)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.2 (32)215/50 R 17Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)215/50 R 171.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.8 (41)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.4 (35)215/50 R 172.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.2 (32)235/40 R 18Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)235/40 R 181.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.4 (35)235/40 R 182.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

Grand C-MAXUp to 160 km/h (100 mph)

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.1 (31)205/55 R 16*Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.3 (33)205/55 R 16*Vehicles with adiesel engine

211

Wheels and Tyres

Page 214: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.1 (31)215/55 R 16*Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.8 (41)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.3 (33)215/55 R 16*Vehicles with adiesel engine

2.9 (42)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.1 (31)215/50 R 17Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.9 (42)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.3 (33)215/50 R 171.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.9 (42)2.5 (36)2.3 (33)2.4 (35)215/50 R 172.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)235/40 R 18Vehicles with apetrol engine

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)235/40 R 181.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.1 (31)2.4 (35)235/40 R 182.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

*Only fit snow chains to specified tyres.

Continuous speed in excess of 160 km/h (100 mph)

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

3 (44)2.6 (38)2.3 (33)2.2 (32)205/55 R 161.6L Duratec-16V Ti-VCT - Sigma

3.2 (46)2.6 (38)2.3 (33)2.4 (35)205/55 R 161.6L EcoBoost -Sigma

2.9 (42)2.6 (38)2.3 (33)2.3 (33)205/55 R 161.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

3 (44)2.6 (38)2.3 (33)2.2 (32)215/55 R 16Vehicles with apetrol engine

212

Wheels and Tyres

Page 215: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Full loadNormal load

Tyre sizeVariant RearFrontRearFront

bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)bar (psi)

3 (44)2.6 (38)2.3 (33)2.4 (35)215/55 R 16Vehicles with adiesel engine

3.1 (45)2.7 (39)2.3 (33)2.3 (33)215/50 R 17Vehicles with apetrol engine

3.1 (45)2.7 (39)2.3 (33)2.3 (33)215/50 R 171.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

3.1 (45)2.7 (39)2.3 (33)2.5 (36)215/50 R 172.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

3.2 (46)2.7 (39)2.1 (31)2.3 (33)235/40 R 18Vehicles with apetrol engine

3.2 (46)2.7 (39)2.1 (31)2.1 (31)235/40 R 181.6L Duratorq-TDCi- DV

3.2 (46)2.7 (39)2.1 (31)2.5 (36)235/40 R 182.0L Duratorq-TDCi- DW

213

Wheels and Tyres

Page 216: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONPLATE

Note: The vehicle identification platedesign may vary to that shown.Note: The information shown on the vehicleidentification plate is dependant uponmarket requirements.

E135662

B C ED

F

G

H

I

A

ModelAVariantBEngine designationCEmission levelDVehicle identification numberEGross vehicle weightFGross train weightGMaximum front axle weightHMaximum rear axle weightI

The vehicle identification number andmaximum weights are shown on a platelocated on the lock side of the right-handdoor aperture at the bottom.

214

Vehicle identification

Page 217: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER

E87496

The vehicle identification number isstamped into the floor panel on theright-hand side, beside the front seat. It isalso shown on the left-hand side of theinstrument panel.

215

Vehicle identification

Page 218: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSVehicle dimensionsC-MAX

Dimension in mm (inches)Dimension description

4380 (172.4)Maximum length

2067 (81.4)Overall width including exterior mirrors

1595 - 1626 (62.8 - 64)Overall height - EC kerb weight

2648 (104.2)Wheelbase

1544 - 1559 (60.8 - 61.4)Front track

1554 - 1569 (61.2 - 61.8)Rear track

Grand C-MAX

Dimension in mm (inches)Dimension description

4520 (177.9)Maximum length

2067 (81.4)Overall width including exterior mirrors

1653 - 1684 (65 - 66.3)Overall height - EC kerb weight without roof bars

1667 - 1698 (65.6 - 66.8)Overall height - EC kerb weight including roof bars

2788 (109.8)Wheelbase

1544 - 1559 (60.8 - 61.4)Front track

1554 - 1569 (61.2 - 61.8)Rear track

216

Capacities and Specifications

Page 219: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Towing equipment dimensions

A

B

G

F

E

C

D

E130084

217

Capacities and Specifications

Page 220: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Dimension in mm (inches)Dimension descriptionItem

111 (4.4)Bumper – end of tow ballA

4 (0.1)Attachment point – centre of tow ball (C-MAX)B

5 (0.2)Attachment point – centre of tow ball(Grand C-MAX)B

925 (36.4)Wheel centre – centre of tow ballC

518 (20.4)Centre of tow ball – side memberD

1036 (40.8)Distance between side membersE

426 (16.8)Centre of tow ball – centre 1. attachmentpointF

726 (28.6)Centre of tow ball – centre 2. attachmentpointG

218

Capacities and Specifications

Page 221: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

IMPORTANT AUDIOINFORMATION

WARNINGSDue to technical incompatibility,recordable (CD-R) and rewritable(CD-RW) discs may not function

correctly.These CD radio units will playcompact discs that conform to theInternational Red Book standard

audio specification. Copy protected CDsfrom some manufacturers do not conformto this standard and playback cannot beguaranteed.

Dual format, dual sided discs (DVDPlus, CD-DVD format), adopted bythe music industry, are thicker than

normal CDs and consequently playbackcannot be guaranteed, and jamming couldoccur. Irregular shaped CDs and CDs witha scratch protection film or self adhesivelabels attached should not be used.Warranty claims, where this type of disc isfound to be inside an audio unit returnedfor repair, will not be accepted.

All CD units are designed to playcommercially pressed 12 cm audiocompact discs only.The audio unit may be damaged ifunsuitable items like credit cards orcoins are pushed inside the CD

aperture.

Audio unit labels

E66256

E66257

Disc labelsAudio CD

E66254

MP3

E66255

219

Audio introduction

Page 222: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: Units have an integrated multifunction display situated above the CDaperture. This shows important informationregarding control of your audio unit.Additionally, there are various icons placedaround the display screen which light upwhen a function is active (for example CD,Radio or Aux.)Type 1

A B ED

FO

G

K

L

M

N

J HI

C

E130324

CD eject. See Compact disc player (page 232).ANavigation arrows.BCD aperture. See Compact disc player (page 232).COK.DInformation.ETraffic announcement. See Traffic information control (page 228).FStation presets. See Station preset buttons (page 228).G

220

Audio unit overview

Page 223: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Seek up. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 227). See Trackselection (page 232).

H

On/off and volume control.ISeek down. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 227). SeeTrack selection (page 232).

J

Menu select.KSound button. See Sound button (page 227).LAuxiliary select. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 125). SeeAuxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 235).

M

Radio and waveband select. See Audio unit operation (page 227).NCD select. See Compact disc player (page 232).O

Type 2

E104157 A

1 2 3 4

Descriptions for function buttons1-4

A

221

Audio unit overview

Page 224: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

A B EDT

H

F

G

P

Q

R

S

MO N J IKL

C

E130142

CD eject. See Compact disc player (page 232).ANavigation arrows.BCD aperture. See Compact disc player (page 232).COK.DInformation.ETraffic announcement. See Traffic information control (page 228).FSound button. See Sound button (page 227).GTelephone keypad and station presets. See Using the telephone (page 238).See Station preset buttons (page 228).

H

Function 4.IFunction 3.JSeek up. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 227). See Trackselection (page 232).

K

222

Audio unit overview

Page 225: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

On/off and volume control.LSeek down. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 227). SeeTrack selection (page 232).

M

Function 2.NFunction 1.OMenu select.PPhone menu. See Telephone (page 237).QAuxiliary, USB and iPod select. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page125). See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 235). See Connectivity(page 257).

R

Radio and waveband select. See Audio unit operation (page 227).SCD select. See Compact disc player (page 232).T

Function buttons 1 to 4 are contextdependent, and change according to thecurrent unit mode. Descriptions for thefunctions are shown at the bottom of thescreen display.

Type 3

E104157 A

1 2 3 4

Descriptions for function buttons1-4

A

223

Audio unit overview

Page 226: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E129074

A CB FE

Y

I

G

H

J

L

KT

U

W

X

V

QS R N MOP

D

On/off control.ADisplay select.BTelephone keypad and station presets. See Using the telephone (page 238).See Station preset buttons (page 228).

C

CD aperture. See Compact disc player (page 232).DNavigation arrows.EDSP select. See Digital signal processing (DSP) (page 230).FCD eject. See Compact disc player (page 232).GInformation.HClock.ISeek up. CD track selection. End call. See Station tuning control (page 227).See Track selection (page 232). See Using the telephone (page 238).

J

Mute.K

224

Audio unit overview

Page 227: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Traffic announcement. See Traffic information control (page 228).LFunction 4.MSound button. See Sound button (page 227).NFunction 3.OOK.PFunction 2.QMenu select.RFunction 1.SPhone menu. See Telephone (page 237).TAuxiliary select. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 125). SeeAuxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 235).

U

Seek down. CD track selection. Accept call. See Station tuning control (page227). See Track selection (page 232). See Using the telephone (page 238).

V

Radio and waveband select. See Audio unit operation (page 227).WCD select. See Compact disc player (page 232).XVolume control.Y

Function buttons 1 to 4 are contextdependent, and change according to thecurrent unit mode. Descriptions for thefunctions are shown at the bottom of thescreen display.

225

Audio unit overview

Page 228: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

SECURITY CODEEach unit incorporates a unique code thatis linked to the vehicle identificationnumber (VIN). The system willautomatically check that the audio unitand vehicle match before allowingoperation.If a security code message appears, pleasesee your dealer.

226

Audio system security

Page 229: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ON/OFF CONTROLPress the on/off control. This will alsooperate the unit for up to one hour with theignition turned off.The radio will switch off automaticallyafter one hour.

SOUND BUTTONThis will allow you to adjust the soundsettings (for example bass and treble).1. Press the sound button.2. Use the up and down arrow buttons to

select the required setting.3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to

make the necessary adjustment. Thedisplay indicates the level selected.

4. Press the OK button to confirm thenew settings.

WAVEBAND BUTTONPress the RADIO button to select from thewavebands available.The selector can also be used to return toradio reception when you have beenlistening to another source.Alternatively, press the left arrow buttonto display the available wavebands. Scrollto the required waveband and press OK.

STATION TUNING CONTROLDAB service linkingNote: The DAB service linking is as perdefault off.Note: Service linking allowscross-referencing to other correspondingfrequencies of the same station, for exampleFM and other DAB ensembles.

Note: The system will automaticallychange to another corresponding station ifthe current one becomes unavailable, forexample when leaving the coverage area.Switching DAB service linking on and off.See General Information (page 83).

Seek tuningSelect a waveband and briefly press oneof the seek buttons. The unit will stop atthe first station it finds in the direction youhave chosen.

Manual tuningType 11. Press the MENU button.2. Select RADIO mode and then MANUAL

TUNE.3. Use the left and right arrow buttons to

tune down or up the waveband in smallincrements or press and hold toincrement quickly, until you find astation you want to listen to.

4. Press OK to continue listening to astation.

Type 2 and 31. Press function button 2.2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to

tune down or up the waveband in smallincrements or press and hold toincrement quickly, until you find astation you want to listen to.

3. Press OK to continue listening to astation.

Scan tuningScan allows you to listen to a few secondsof each station detected.

Type 11. Press the MENU button.

227

Audio unit operation

Page 230: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

2. Select RADIO mode and then SCAN.3. Use the seek buttons to scan up or

down the selected waveband.4. Press OK to continue listening to a

station.

Type 2 and 31. Press function button 3.2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or

down the selected waveband.3. Press function button 3 again or OK to

continue listening to a station.

STATION PRESET BUTTONSThis feature allows you to store yourfavourite stations so that they can berecalled by selecting the appropriatewaveband and pressing one of the presetbuttons.1. Select a waveband.2. Tune to the station required.3. Press and hold one of the preset

buttons. A progress bar and messagewill appear. When the progress barcompletes the station has been stored.The audio unit will also mutemomentarily as confirmation.

This can be repeated on each wavebandand for each preset button.Note: When you drive to another part of thecountry, FM and DAB stations thatbroadcast on alternative frequencies, andare stored on preset buttons, may beupdated with the correct frequency andstation name for that area.

AUTOSTORE CONTROLNote: This will store up to a maximum ofthe 10 strongest signals available, eitherfrom the AM or the FM waveband, andoverwrite the previously stored stations. Itcan also be used to store stations manuallyin the same way as other wavebands.Note: On type 3 you must select either FMAST or AM AST to use this function.• Press and hold function button 1 or the

RADIO button.• When the search is complete, sound is

restored and the strongest signals arestored on the Autostore presets.

TRAFFIC INFORMATIONCONTROLMany stations that broadcast on the FMwaveband have a TP code to signify thatthey carry traffic programme information.

Activating traffic announcementsBefore you can receive trafficannouncements, you must press either theTA or TRAFFIC button. A ‘TA’ display willappear to show the feature is switched on.If you are already tuned to a station thatbroadcasts traffic information, ‘TP’ willalso be displayed. Otherwise the unit willsearch for a traffic programme.When traffic information is broadcast, itwill automatically interrupt normal radioor CD playback and ‘Traffic announcement(TA)’ will appear in the display.If a non-traffic station is selected orrecalled using a preset button, the audiounit will remain on that station unless TAor TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.Note: If TA is on and you select a preset ormanual tune to a non TA station no trafficannouncement will be heard.

228

Audio unit operation

Page 231: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: When you are listening to a non TAstation and turn TA off and on again a TPseek will occur.

Traffic announcement volumeTraffic announcements interrupt normalbroadcasts at a preset minimum level thatis usually louder than normal listeningvolumes.To adjust the preset volume:• Use the volume control to make the

necessary adjustment during anincoming TA broadcast. The displaywill show the level selected.

Ending traffic announcementsThe audio unit will return to normaloperation at the end of each trafficannouncement. To end the announcementprematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC duringthe announcement.Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at anyother time it will switch all announcementsoff.

229

Audio unit operation

Page 232: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

AUTOMATIC VOLUMECONTROLWhen available, automatic volume control(AVC) adjusts the volume level tocompensate for engine noise and roadspeed noise.1. Press the MENU button and select

AUDIO.2. Select AVC LEVEL or ADAPTIVE VOL.3. Use the left or right arrow button to

adjust the setting.4. Press the OK button to confirm your

selection.5. Press the MENU button to return.

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING(DSP)DSP occupancyThis feature takes into account thedifferences in distance from the variousspeakers in the vehicle to each seat. Selectthe sitting position for which the audio isto be correctly enhanced.

DSP equaliserSelect the music category that most suitsyour listening preference. The audio outputwill change to enhance the particular styleof music chosen.

Changing the DSP settings1. Press the MENU button.2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.3. Scroll to the required DSP function.4. Use the up and down arrow buttons to

select the required setting.5. Press the OK button to confirm your

selection.6. Press the MENU button to return.

NEWS BROADCASTSSome audio units interrupt normalreception to broadcast news bulletins fromstations on the FM waveband or radio datasystem (RDS) and enhanced othernetwork (EON) linked stations, in the sameway as traffic information is provided.During news broadcasts, the display willindicate there is an incomingannouncement. News interrupts arebroadcast at the same preset volume levelas traffic announcements.1. Press the MENU button.2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.3. Scroll to NEWS and turn on or off with

the OK button.4. Press the MENU button to return.

ALTERNATIVE FREQUENCIESMany programmes that broadcast on theFM waveband have a programmeidentification (PI) code, which can berecognised by audio units.If your radio has alternative frequencies(AF) tuning switched on and you movefrom one transmission area to another, thisfacility will search for and switch to astronger station signal, if one can be found.Under certain conditions, however, AFtuning may temporarily disrupt normalreception.When selected, the unit continuallyevaluates signal strength and, if a bettersignal becomes available, the unit willswitch to that alternative. It mutes whileit checks a list of alternative frequenciesand, if necessary, it will search once acrossthe selected waveband for a genuinealternative frequency.

230

Audio unit menus

Page 233: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

It will restore radio reception when it findsone or, if one is not found, the unit willreturn to the original stored frequency.When selected, ‘AF’ will be shown in thedisplay.1. Press the MENU button.2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO MENU.3. Scroll to ALTERNAT FREQ. or

ALTERNATIVE FREQ. and turn on or offwith the OK button.

4. Press the MENU button to return.

REGIONAL MODE (REG)Regional mode (REG) controls thebehaviour of AF switching betweenregionally related networks of a parentbroadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairlylarge network across a large part of thecountry. At various times of the day thislarge network may be broken down into anumber of smaller regional networks,typically centred on major towns or cities.When the network is not split into regionalvariants, the whole network caries thesame programming.Regional mode ON: This prevents 'random'AF switches when neighbouring regionalnetworks are not carrying the sameprogramming.Regional mode OFF: This allows a largercoverage area if neighbouring regionalnetworks are carrying the sameprogramming, but can cause 'random' AFswitches if they are not.1. Press the MENU button.2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.3. Scroll to RDS REGIONAL and turn on

or off with the OK button.4. Press the MENU button to return.

231

Audio unit menus

Page 234: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

COMPACT DISC PLAYBACKNote: During playback, the display indicatesthe disc, track and time that has elapsedsince the start of the track.During radio reception, press the CD buttononce to start CD playback.Playback will start immediately after a discis loaded.

TRACK SELECTION• Press the seek up button once to move

to the next track or press it repeatedlyto access later tracks.

• Press the seek down button once toreplay the current track. If pressedwithin two seconds of the start of atrack, the previous track will beselected.

• Press the seek down button repeatedlyto select previous tracks.

• Press the up or down arrow buttons,and using the OK button, select therequired track.

Type 2 and 3The desired track number may be enteredusing the numeric keypad. Dial the requiredtrack number until complete (for example1 then 2 for track 12), or dial the numberand directly press OK.

FAST FORWARD/REVERSEPress and hold the seek down or upbuttons to search backwards or forwardswithin the tracks on the disc.

SHUFFLE/RANDOMRandom track playback, also known asshuffle, plays all tracks on the CD inrandom order.

Type 11. Press the MENU button and select CD

MODE.2. Select SHUFFLE, which then enables

the function to be selected on or off.When an MP3 CD is playing, optionsinclude SHUFFLE for the whole CD, or toplay all the tracks in the folder in a randomorder.

Type 2 and 3Press function button 2.Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, optionsinclude SHUFFLE for the whole CD, or toplay all the tracks in the folder in a randomorder. Repeat presses of function button 2will toggle these options.Use the seek up or down button to selectthe next track to shuffle if required.

REPEAT COMPACT DISCTRACKSType 11. Press the MENU button and select CD

MODE.2. Select REPEAT, which then enables

the function to be selected on or off.The track will replay once ended.

When an MP3 CD is playing, optionsinclude REPEAT for the track, or to repeatall the tracks in the folder.

Type 2 and 3Press function button 1.

232

Compact disc player

Page 235: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

When an MP3 CD is playing, optionsinclude REPEAT for the track, or to repeatall the tracks in the folder. Repeat pressesof function button 1 will toggle theseoptions.

COMPACT DISC TRACKSCANNINGThe SCAN function allows you to previeweach track for approximately 5 seconds.

Type 1Various scan modes are possible,according to the type of CD currentlyplaying.1. Press the MENU button and select CD

MODE.2. Select SCAN, which then enables the

function to be selected on or off.Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, optionsinclude SCAN for the CD, or just the tracksin the folder.3. Press the OK button to stop the scan

mode.

Type 2 and 31. Press function button 3.Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, optionsinclude SCAN for the CD, or just the tracksin the folder. Repeat presses of functionbutton 3 will toggle these options.2. Press function button 3 again to stop

the scan mode.

MP3 FILE PLAYBACKNote: Some copy protected audio files maynot be read by the CD player.The CD player also supports MP3 andWMA format audio files.

When a CD containing audio is insertedinto the CD player the disc's directorystructure is read in. It may take a whilebefore playback starts and is dependanton the quality of the disc.MP3 tracks may be recorded on the CD inseveral ways. They can all be placed in theroot directory like a conventional audio CD,or they can be placed in folders that mayrepresent, for example, an album, an artist,or a genre.

Playing a multi session discThe normal playing sequence on CD's withmultiple folders is to play the tracks in thefirst folder, then the tracks in any foldersnested inside the first folder, then moveonto the second folder, and so on. Forexample, if folder 1 has folders 1a and 1bwithin it, and folder 2 contains folder 2a,the playing sequence will be folder 1, 1a, 1b,2, 2a.When the playback of a file is finished theplayback of the other files in the samedirectory continues. Directory change takesplace automatically when all files in thecurrent directory have been played back.

MP3 DISPLAY OPTIONSWhen an MP3 disc is playing, certaininformation encoded in each track can bedisplayed. Such information will normallyinclude:• The file name• The folder name• ID3 information which might be the

album or artist’s name.The unit will normally show the file namethat is playing. To select one of the otheritems of information, press the INFObutton repeatedly until the required itemis shown in the display.

233

Compact disc player

Page 236: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: If the ID3 information selected isunavailable, NO MP3 TAG will be shown inthe display.

CD text display optionsWhen an audio disc with CD text is playing,limited information encoded in each trackcan be displayed. Such information willnormally include:• The disc name• The artist name• The track name.Note: These display options are selectedin the same way as MP3 displays. NO DISCNAME or NO TRACK NAME will be shownin the display if no information has beenencoded.

ENDING COMPACT DISCPLAYBACKTo restore radio reception on all units:• Press the RADIO button.Note: This will not eject the CD; the discwill merely pause at the point where radioreception was restored.To resume CD playback, press the CDbutton again.

234

Compact disc player

Page 237: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: For optimum performance whenusing any auxiliary device set the volume onthe device high. This will reduce audiointerference when charging the device viathe vehicle power supply socket.When fitted the Auxiliary input (AUX IN)socket permits an auxiliary device, such asan MP3 player, to be linked into the vehicleaudio system. Output can be playedthrough the vehicle speakers.To connect an auxiliary device, plug it intothe AUX IN socket using a 3.5 mmconventional audio jack connector.Select the auxiliary input via the AUXbutton and playback will be heard throughthe vehicle speakers. LINE IN or LINE INACTIVE will appear in the vehicle audiounit display. Volume, treble and bass canbe adjusted on the vehicle audio unit asnormal.The vehicle audio unit buttons can also beused to restore playback from the vehicleaudio unit, while the auxiliary deviceremains connected.

235

Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket

Page 238: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

RectificationAudio unit display

General error message for CD fault conditions, such ascannot read the CD, data-CD inserted, etc. Ensure discis loaded correct way up. Clean and re-try, or replace

disc with known music disc. If error persists contact yourdealer.

PLEASE CHECK CD

General error message for CD fault conditions such aspossible mechanism fault.

CD DRIVE MALFUNCTION

Ambient temperature too hot – unit will not work untilit has cooled down.

CD DRIVE HIGH TEMP

General error message for iPod fault conditions, suchas cannot read the data. Ensure iPod is inserted

correctly. If error persists contact your dealer.

IPOD ERROR READING DEVICE

236

Audio troubleshooting

Page 239: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATION

CAUTIONUsing the system with the engine offwill drain the battery.

This section describes the functions andfeatures of the Bluetooth mobile phonehands free system.The Bluetooth mobile phone part of thesystem provides interaction with the audioor navigation system and your mobilephone. It allows you to use the audio ornavigation system to make and receivecalls without having to hold your mobilephone.

Compatibility of phonesCAUTION

As no common agreement exists,mobile phone manufacturers are ableto implement a variety of profiles in

their Bluetooth devices. Because of this,an incompatibility can occur between thephone and hands-free system, which insome cases may significantly degrade thesystem performance. To avoid thissituation, only recommended phonesshould be used.

Please visit the website www.ford-mobile-connectivity.com for full details.

BLUETOOTH SETUPBefore you can use your telephone withyour vehicle it must be bonded to thevehicle telephone system.

Handling of phonesUp to six Bluetooth devices can be bondedto the vehicle system.

Note: If there is an ongoing call when thephone in use is selected as the new activephone, the call is transferred to the vehicleaudio system.Note: Even if connected to the car system,your phone can still be used in the usualway.

Requirements for BluetoothconnectionThe following are required before aBluetooth phone connection can be made.1. The Bluetooth feature must be

activated on the phone and on theaudio unit. Make sure the Bluetoothmenu option in the audio unit is set toON. For information on phone settings,refer to your phone user guide.

2. In the Bluetooth menu on your phone,search for Ford Audio and select it.

3. Enter the code number shown on thevehicle display using the phone keypad.If no code number is shown on thedisplay, enter the Bluetooth PINnumber 0000 using the phone keypad.Now enter the Bluetooth PIN numbershown on the vehicle display.

4. If your mobile phone asks you toauthorize the automatic connection,select YES.

Note: A phone call will be disconnected ifthe audio unit is switched off. If the ignitionkey is turned to the off position the phonecall will remain in progress.

TELEPHONE SETUPPhonebookNote: It may be necessary to confirmphonebook access to the Bluetooth systemvia the mobile phone.

237

Telephone

Page 240: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

After start up access to the phonebook listcan be delayed for several minutes,depending upon the size.

Phonebook categoriesThe category is indicated as an icon:

E87990

Phone

E87991

Mobile

E87992

Home

E87993

Office

Making a phone an active phoneNote: If there is an ongoing call when thephone in use is selected as the new activephone, the call is transferred to the vehicleaudio system.When using the system for the first time,no phone is connected to the system.After switching on the ignition and theaudio unit, the Bluetooth phone must bebonded to the system. See Bluetoothsetup (page 237).After bonding a Bluetooth phone to thesystem, this becomes the active phone.For further information refer to the phonemenu.Select the phone from the active phonemenu.Turning the ignition and radio back onagain, the last active phone is picked up bythe system.Note: In some cases the Bluetoothconnection must also be confirmed on thephone.

Bond another Bluetooth phoneBond a new Bluetooth phone as describedin the requirements for a Bluetoothconnection.Phones stored in the system are accessibleby using the phone list on the audio unit.Note: A maximum of six devices may bebonded. If six Bluetooth devices havealready been bonded, one of these has tobe debonded in order to bond a new device.

TELEPHONE CONTROLSRemote control

E129649

BD

E

A

C

Volume upAVoice buttonBEnd callCVolume downDReceive callE

USING THE TELEPHONENote: Refer to your audio guide for detailsof the controls. See Audio unit overview(page 220).

238

Telephone

Page 241: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Note: You can exit the phone menu bypressing any source button CD, RADIO orAUX.Note: When referred to, the use of theup/down arrow buttons, seek up and seekdown buttons, and the OK button can beused on either the steering wheel or theaudio unit.This chapter describes the phone functionsof the audio unit.An active phone must be present.Even if connected to the audio unit, yourphone can still be used in the usual way.

Making a callDialling a number using voice controlPhone numbers can be dialled using voicecontrol. See Telephone commands(page 249).

Dialling a number using the addressbook1. Press the PHONE button.2. Press the up/down arrow buttons until

PHONEBOOK is shown.3. Press the OK button.Note: You can also use the telephonekeypad to select the first letter of the entryyou are looking for. Press the relevantnumber that corresponds to the letterrepeatedly until the required letter isdisplayed.4. Press the up/down arrow buttons to

select the desired phone number.Note: Press and hold the up/down arrowbuttons to search forwards or backwardswithin the phonebook.5. Press the OK button to dial the

selected phone number.

Dialling a number using the telephonekeypad1. Press the PHONE button.2. Dial the number using the telephone

keypad on the audio unit.3. Press the OK button.Note: If you enter an incorrect digit whilstentering a phone number, press functionbutton 3 to erase the last digit. A long presswill erase the complete string of digits.

Ending a callCalls can be ended by:• pressing the seek up button• pressing the OK button• pressing function button 4.

Redialling a number1. Press the PHONE button.2. Press the up/down arrow buttons until

CALL LISTS is displayed.3. Press the OK button.Note: If the active phone does not providea call out list, the last outgoing callnumber/entry can be redialled.4. Press the up/down buttons to select

the desired call list.5. Press the OK button.6. Press the up/down buttons to select

the desired phone number.7. Press the OK button.

Redialling the last dialled number1. Press the PHONE button.2. Press the up/down arrow buttons until

REDIAL is displayed.3. Press the OK button.

239

Telephone

Page 242: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Receiving an incoming callAccepting an incoming callIncoming calls can be accepted by pressingthe seek down button, or by pressing theOK button.

Rejecting an incoming callIncoming calls can be rejected by:• pressing the seek up button, or• pressing the arrow down button to

highlight REJECT and then pressingthe OK button.

Receiving a second incoming callNote: The second incoming call functionmust be activated in your phone.If there is an incoming call whilst there isan ongoing call, a beep will be heard andyou will have the option to end the activecall and to accept the incoming call.

Accepting a second incoming callNote: The first incoming call will bedisconnected and replaced by the secondincoming call.Second incoming calls can be acceptedby pressing the seek down button on thesteering wheel or on the audio unit, or bypressing the OK button on the audio unit.

Rejecting a second incoming callSecond incoming calls can be rejected by:• pressing the seek up button, or• pressing the arrow down button to

highlight REJECT and then pressingthe OK button.

Second incoming calls can be rejected bypressing function button 4.

Muting the microphoneNote: During a call, it is possible to mutethe microphone. Whilst muted, confirmationwill appear in the display.Press function button 1. Press the buttononce again to turn this function off.

Changing the active phoneNote: Phones must be bonded to thesystem before they can be made active.Note: After bonding a phone to the system,this becomes the active phone.1. Press the PHONE button.2. Press the up/down buttons until

SELECT PHONE is shown.3. Press the OK button.4. Scroll through the different stored

phones by using the up/down buttonsto display the bonded phones.

5. Press the OK button to select thephone which is to be the active phone.

Debonding a bonded phoneA bonded phone can be deleted from thesystem at any time, unless a phone call isin progress.1. Press the PHONE button.2. Press the up/down buttons until

SELECT PHONE is shown.3. Press the OK button.4. Press the up/down buttons to highlight

the required phone.5. Press function button 1.

240

Telephone

Page 243: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

CAUTIONUsing the system with the engine offwill drain the battery.

Voice recognition enables operation of thesystem without the need to divert yourattention from the road ahead in order tochange settings, or receive feedback fromthe system.Whenever you issue one of the definedcommands with the system active, thevoice recognition system converts yourcommand into a control signal for thesystem. Your inputs take the form ofdialogues or commands. You are guidedthrough these dialogues byannouncements or questions.Please familiarise yourself with thefunctions of the system before using voicerecognition.

Supported commandsThe voice control system allows you tocontrol the following vehicle functions:• Bluetooth phone• radio• CD Player• external device (USB)• external device (iPod)• automatic climate control

System responseAs you work through a voice session thesystem will prompt you with a beep toneeach time the system is ready to proceed.Do not try to give any commands until thebeep tone has been heard. The voicecontrol system will repeat each spokencommand back to you.

If you are not sure how to continue say"HELP" for assistance or "CANCEL" if youdo not wish to continue.The "HELP" function provides only asubset of the available voice commands.Detailed explanations of all possible voicecommands can be found on the followingpages.

Voice commandsAll voice commands should be given usinga natural speaking voice, as if speaking toa passenger or on the phone. Your voicelevel should be dependant on thesurrounding noise level inside or outsidethe vehicle but do not shout.

USING VOICE CONTROLSystem operationThe order and content of the voice controlsare given in the following lists. The tablesshow the sequence of user voicecommands and system responses for eachavailable function.<> indicates a number or stored name tagto be inserted by the user.

Short cutsThere are a number of voice commandshort cuts available, which allow you tocontrol some vehicle features withouthaving to follow the complete commandmenu. These are:• phone: "MOBILE NAME", "DIAL

NUMBER", "DIAL NAME", and "REDIAL"• automatic climate control:

"TEMPERATURE", "AUTO MODE","DEFROSTING/DEMISTING ON" and"DEFROSTING/DEMISTING OFF"

• radio: "TUNE NAME"• external device (USB): "TRACK"• external device (iPod): "TRACK"

241

Voice control

Page 244: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Start communicating with the systemBefore you can start talking to the systemyou first have to press the VOICE buttonfor each operation and wait until thesystem answers with a beep. See VoiceControl (page 51).Press the button again to cancel the voicesession.

Name tagThe name tag functionality can supportthe phone, audio and navigation featuresby using the "STORE NAME" function. Youcan assign name tags to items such asfavourite radio stations and personalphone contacts. See Audio unitcommands (page 242). See Telephonecommands (page 249).

• Store up to 20 name tags per function.• The average recording time for each

name tag is approximately 2-3seconds.

AUDIO UNIT COMMANDSCD PlayerYou can control playback directly by voicecontrol.

OverviewThe overview below shows the availablevoice commands. The following lists willgive further information about thecomplete command menu in selectedexamples.

"CD PLAYER"

"HELP"

"PLAY"

"TRACK"*

"SHUFFLE ALL"

"SHUFFLE FOLDER"**

"SHUFFLE OFF"

"REPEAT FOLDER"**

"REPEAT TRACK"

"REPEAT OFF"

* Can be used as a shortcut.** Only available if the CD contains audio data files like MP3.

TrackYou can choose a track on your CD directly.

242

Voice control

Page 245: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"CD PLAYER""CD PLAYER"1

"TRACK NUMBER PLEASE""TRACK"*2

"TRACK <number>""<a number between 1 and 99>"**3

* Can be used as a shortcut.** Additionally, numbers can be spoken as up to four single digits (for example "2", "4","5" for track 245)

Shuffle allTo set random playback.

System answerUser saysSteps

"CD PLAYER""CD PLAYER"1

"SHUFFLE ALL"2

RadioThe radio voice commands support thefunctionality of the radio and allow you totune radio stations by voice control.

OverviewThe overview below shows the availablevoice commands. The following lists willgive further information about thecomplete command menu.

"RADIO"

"HELP"

"AM"

"FM"

"TUNE NAME"*

"DELETE NAME"

"DELETE DIRECTORY"

"PLAY DIRECTORY"

"STORE NAME"

243

Voice control

Page 246: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

"RADIO"

"PLAY"

* Can be used as a shortcut.

Tune frequencyThis function allows you to tune your radioby voice commands.

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"AM FREQUENCY PLEASE""AM"2

"FM FREQUENCY PLEASE""FM"

"TUNE <frequency>""<frequency>"*3

* The frequency may be entered in a variety of ways. Refer below for representativeexamples.

FM band: 87.5 - 108.0 in increments of 0.1• "Eighty nine point nine" (89.9)• "Ninety" (90.0)• "One hundred point five" (100.5)• "One zero one point one" (101.1)• "One zero eight" (108.0)AM/MW band: 531 - 1602 in increments of9AM/LW band: 153 - 281 in increments of 1

• "Five thirty one" (531)• "Nine hundred" (900)• "Fourteen forty" (1440)• "Fifteen zero three" (1503)• "Ten eighty" (1080)

Store nameIf you have tuned a radio station, you canstore it with a name in the directory.

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"STORE NAME""STORE NAME"2"NAME PLEASE"

"REPEAT NAME PLEASE""<name>"3

"STORING NAME""<name>"4"<name> STORED"

244

Voice control

Page 247: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Tune name This function allows you to call up a storedradio station.

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"NAME PLEASE""TUNE NAME"*2

"TUNE <name>""<name>"3

* Can be used as a shortcut.

Delete nameThis function allows you to delete a storedradio station.

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"NAME PLEASE""DELETE NAME"2

"DELETE <name>""<name>"3"CONFIRM YES OR NO"

"DELETED""YES"4

"COMMAND CANCELLED""NO"

Play directoryThis function allows you to let the systemtell you all of the stored radio stations.

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"PLAY <DIRECTORY>""PLAY DIRECTORY"2

Delete directoryThis function allows you to delete allstored radio stations at once.

245

Voice control

Page 248: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"DELETE DIRECTORY""DELETE DIRECTORY"2"CONFIRM YES OR NO"

"RADIO DIRECTORY DELETED""YES"3

"COMMAND CANCELLED""NO"

PlayThis function switches the audio source tothe radio mode.

System answerUser saysSteps

"RADIO""RADIO"1

"PLAY"2

Auxiliary inputThis function allows you to switch theaudio source to the attached auxiliary inputdevice.

System answerUser saysSteps

"EXTERNAL DEVICE""EXTERNAL DEVICE"1

"LINE IN""LINE IN"2

External devices - USBThese voice commands support thefunctionality of an external USB devicewhich may be connected to the audio unit.

OverviewThe overview below shows the availablevoice commands. The following lists willgive further information about thecomplete command menu in selectedexamples.

"EXTERNAL DEVICE", "USB"

"HELP"

246

Voice control

Page 249: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

"EXTERNAL DEVICE", "USB"

"PLAY"

"TRACK"*

"PLAYLIST"**

"FOLDER"**

"SHUFFLE ALL"

"SHUFFLE FOLDER"

"SHUFFLE PLAYLIST"

"SHUFFLE OFF"

"REPEAT TRACK"

"REPEAT FOLDER"

"REPEAT OFF"

* Can be used as a shortcut.** Playlists and folders activated by voice control must be assigned special filenames.See General Information (page 257).

USB playThis function allows you to switch theaudio source to the attached USB device.

System answerUser saysSteps

"EXTERNAL DEVICE""EXTERNAL DEVICE"1

"USB""USB"2

"PLAY"3

USB TrackYou can choose a track on your USB devicedirectly.

247

Voice control

Page 250: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"EXTERNAL DEVICE""EXTERNAL DEVICE"1

"USB""USB"2

"TRACK NUMBER PLEASE""TRACK"3

"TRACK <number>""<a number between 1 and 99>"*4

* Additionally, numbers can be spoken as up to four single digits (for example "2", "4","5" for track 245)

External devices - iPodThese voice commands support thefunctionality of an iPod which may beconnected to the audio unit.

OverviewThe overview below shows the availablevoice commands. The following lists willgive further information about thecomplete command menu in selectedexamples.

"EXTERNAL DEVICE", "IPOD"

"HELP"

"PLAY"

"TRACK"*

"PLAYLIST"**

"SHUFFLE ALL"

"SHUFFLE PLAYLIST"

"SHUFFLE OFF"

"REPEAT TRACK"

"REPEAT OFF"

* Can be used as a shortcut.** Playlists activated by voice control must be assigned special filenames. See GeneralInformation (page 257).

248

Voice control

Page 251: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

iPod Track You can choose a track off the all titles listof your iPod directly.

System answerUser saysSteps

"EXTERNAL DEVICE""EXTERNAL DEVICE"1

"IPOD""IPOD"2

"TRACK NUMBER PLEASE""TRACK"*3

"TRACK <number>""<a number between 1 and 99>"**4

* Can be used as a shortcut.** Additionally, numbers can be spoken as up to five single digits (for example "5", "2","4", "5", "3" for track 52453), to a limit of 65535.

iPod playlistYou can choose a playlist from your iPoddirectly.

System answerUser saysSteps

"EXTERNAL DEVICE""EXTERNAL DEVICE"1

"IPOD""IPOD"2

"PLAYLIST NUMBER PLEASE""PLAYLIST"*3

"PLAYLIST <number>""<a number between 1 and 10>"4

* Playlists activated by voice control must be assigned special filenames. See GeneralInformation (page 257).

TELEPHONE COMMANDSPhoneYour phone system allows you to createan additional phonebook. The storedentries can be dialled by voice control.Phone numbers stored by using voicecontrol are stored on the vehicle systemand not in your phone.

OverviewThe overview below shows the availablevoice commands. The following lists willgive further information about thecomplete command menu in selectedexamples.

249

Voice control

Page 252: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

"PHONE"

"HELP"

"MOBILE NAME"*

"DIAL NUMBER"*

"DIAL NAME"*

"DELETE NAME"

"DELETE DIRECTORY"

"PLAY DIRECTORY"

"STORE NAME"

"REDIAL"*

"ACCEPT CALLS"

"REJECT CALLS"

* Can be used as a shortcut.

Phone functionsDial numberPhone numbers can be dialled after givingthe name tag voice command.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"NUMBER PLEASE""DIAL NUMBER"*2

"<phone number>"<phone number>"3CONTINUE?"

"DIALLING""DIAL"4

"<repeat last part of number>"CORRECTION"CONTINUE?"

* Can be used as a shortcut.

250

Voice control

Page 253: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Dial name Phone numbers can be dialled after givingthe name tag voice command.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"NAME PLEASE""DIAL NAME"*2

"DIAL <name>""<name>"3"CONFIRM YES OR NO"

"DIALLING""YES"4

"COMMAND CANCELLED""NO"

* Can be used as a shortcut.

RedialThis function allows you to redial the lastdialled phone number.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"REDIAL""REDIAL"*2"CONFIRM YES OR NO"

"DIALLING""YES"3

"COMMAND CANCELLED""NO"

* Can be used as a shortcut.

Mobile nameThis function allows you to access phonenumbers stored with a name tag in yourmobile phone.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"MOBILE NAME" "<phonedependent dialogue>""MOBILE NAME"*2

* Can be used as a shortcut.

251

Voice control

Page 254: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

DTMF (Tone dialling)This function transfers spoken numbersinto DTMF tones. For example, to make aremote enquiry to your home answeringmachine or to enter a PIN number etc.

Note: DTMF can only be used during anongoing call. Operate the VOICE button andwait for the system prompt.Can only be used with vehicles installed witha dedicated VOICE button.

System answerUser saysSteps

"NUMBER PLEASE"1

"<numbers 1 to 9, zero, hash, star>"2

Create a phonebookStore nameNew entries can be stored with the"STORE NAME" command. This featurecan be used to dial a number by calling upthe name instead of the full phone number.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"STORE NAME""STORE NAME"2"NAME PLEASE"

"REPEAT NAME PLEASE""<name>"3

"STORING NAME""<name>"4"<name> STORED""NUMBER PLEASE"

"<phone number>""<phone number>"5

"STORING NUMBER""STORE"6"<phone number>""NUMBER STORED"

Delete nameStored names can also be deleted fromthe directory.

252

Voice control

Page 255: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"NAME PLEASE""DELETE NAME"2

"DELETE <name>""<name>"3"CONFIRM YES OR NO"

"<name> DELETED""YES"4

"COMMAND CANCELLED""NO"

Play directoryUse this function to let the system tell youall stored entries.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"PLAY DIRECTORY""PLAY DIRECTORY"2

Delete directoryThis function allows you to delete allentries in one go.

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"DELETE DIRECTORY""DELETE DIRECTORY"2"CONFIRM YES OR NO"

"DIRECTORY DELETED""YES"3

"COMMAND CANCELLED""NO"

Main settingsReject callsCalls can be set to be automaticallyrejected using voice control.

253

Voice control

Page 256: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"PHONE""PHONE"1

"REJECT CALLS""REJECT CALLS"2

"ACCEPT CALLS""ACCEPT CALLS"*

* use this command to turn the reject mode off

CLIMATE CONTROLCOMMANDSClimateThe climate voice commands supports thefunctionality of the fan speed, temperatureand mode settings. Not all functions areavailable on all vehicles.

OverviewThe overview below shows the availablevoice commands. The following lists willgive further information about thecomplete command menu in selectedexamples.

"CLIMATE"

"HELP"

"FAN"*

"DEFROSTING/DEMISTING ON"*

"DEFROSTING/DEMISTING OFF"*

"TEMPERATURE"*

"AUTO MODE"*

* Can be used as a shortcut. On vehicles fitted with an English language module the "FAN"shortcut is not available.

FanThis function allows you to adjust the fanspeed.

254

Voice control

Page 257: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"CLIMATE""CLIMATE"1

"FAN SPEED PLEASE""‘FAN"*2

"FAN MINIMUM""MINIMUM"

3 "FAN <number>""<a number between 1 and 7>"

"FAN MAXIMUM""MAXIMUM"

* Can be used as a shortcut. On vehicles fitted with an English language module the "FAN"shortcut is not available.

Defrosting/Demisting

System answerUser saysSteps

"CLIMATE""CLIMATE"1

"DEFROSTING ON/DEMISTING ON""DEFROSTING ON/DEMISTING

ON"*

2"DEFROSTING OFF/DEMISTING

OFF""DEFROSTING OFF/DEMISTING

OFF"*

* Can be used as a shortcut.

TemperatureThis function allows you to adjust thetemperature.

System answerUser saysSteps

"CLIMATE""CLIMATE"1

"TEMPERATURE PLEASE""TEMPERATURE"*2

"TEMPERATURE MINIMUM""MINIMUM"

3"TEMPERATURE <number>"

"<a number between 15 and 29 °Cwith 0.5 increments>" or "<a

number between 59 and 84 °F>"

255

Voice control

Page 258: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

System answerUser saysSteps

"TEMPERATURE MAXIMUM""MAXIMUM"

* Can be used as a shortcut.

Auto mode

System answerUser saysSteps

"CLIMATE""CLIMATE"1

"AUTO MODE""AUTO MODE"*2

* Can be used as a shortcut. Can be deactivated by selecting a different temperature orfan speed.

256

Voice control

Page 259: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATION

CAUTIONSTake care when handling externaldevices with exposed electricalconnectors (such as the USB plug).

Always replace the protective cap/shieldwhen possible. There may be a risk ofelectrostatic discharge causing damageto the device.

Do not touch or handle the USBsocket in the vehicle. Cover the socketwhen not in use.Only use USB Mass-Storage devicecompliant devices.Always switch your audio unit to adifferent source (for example theradio) before unplugging the USB

device.Do not install or connect USB hubs orsplitters.

Note: The system is only designed torecognize and read suitable audio files froma USB device that conforms to the USBMass-Storage device class or an iPod. Notall available USB devices can be guaranteedto function with the system.Note: It is possible to connect compatibledevices with a trailing USB lead as well asthose that plug into the vehicle USB socketdirectly (for example USB memory sticksand pen drives).Note: Some USB devices with a higherpower consumption may not be compatible(for example some larger hard drives).Note: Access time to read the files on theexternal device will vary depending uponfactors such as the file structure, size anddevice content.

The system supports a range of externaldevices, to fully integrate with your audiounit via the USB and auxiliary inputsockets. Once connected, control of theexternal device is possible via the audiounit.A list of typical compatible devices areshown below:• USB memory sticks• USB portable hard drives• Some MP3 players with USB

connection• iPod media players (refer to

www.ford-mobile-connectivity.com for latestcompatibility list).

The system is USB 2.0 full speedcompatible, USB 1.1 host compliant andsupports FAT 16/32 file systems.

Information on audio filestructures for external devicesUSBCreate only a single partition on the USBdevice.If playlists are created, they must containcorrect file paths referenced to the USBdevice. It is recommended to create theplaylist after the audio files have beentransferred to the USB device.Playlists must be created in .m3u format.Audio files must be in .mp3 format.Do not exceed the following limits:• 1000 items per folder (files, folders and

playlists)• 5000 folders per USB device (including

playlists)• 8 subfolder levels.

257

Connectivity

Page 260: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

To enable voice control for customplaylists and folders, follow the procedurebelow:• Create folders named with the

structure "Ford<*>" where <*> is anumber 1-10. For example "Ford3"without an extension.

• Create playlists named with thestructure "Ford<*>.m3u" where <*>is a number 1-10. For example"Ford5.m3u" without any spacebetween "Ford" and the number.

Thereafter, custom folders and playlistswill be selectable with voice control. SeeAudio unit commands (page 242).

iPodTo enable voice control for customplaylists, create playlists named with thestructure "Ford<*>" where <*> is anumber 1-10. For example "Ford7" withoutany space between "Ford" and thenumber.Thereafter, playlists will be selectable withvoice control. See Audio unit commands(page 242).

CONNECTING AN EXTERNALDEVICE

WARNINGMake sure the external device issecurely mounted within the vehicle,and that trailing connections do not

obstruct any of the driving controls.

External devices may be connected usingthe auxiliary input socket and the USB port.See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket(page 125). See USB port (page 125).

ConnectionPlug in the device, and if necessary secureit to prevent movement within the vehicle.

Connecting an iPodFor optimum convenience and audioquality, we recommend that you purchasea dedicated single connection leadavailable from your dealer.Alternatively, it is possible to connect youriPod using the standard iPod USB cableand a separate 3.5mm audio jack lead. Ifusing this method preset the iPod volumeto maximum and turn off any equalizersettings before making the connections:• Connect the headphone output of the

iPod to the AUX IN socket.• Connect the USB cable from the iPod

to the vehicle USB socket.

CONNECTING AN EXTERNALDEVICE - VEHICLES WITH:BLUETOOTHConnecting a Bluetooth audiodevice

CAUTIONAs various standards exist,manufacturers are able to implementa variety of profiles in their Bluetooth

devices. Because of this, an incompatibilitycan occur between the Bluetooth deviceand the system, which in some cases maylimit system functionality. To avoid thissituation, only recommended devicesshould be used.

Please visit the websitewww.ford-mobile-connectivity.comfor full details.

258

Connectivity

Page 261: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Bonding the deviceTo connect the device to the system followthe same procedure as for Bluetooth handsfree phones. See Bluetooth setup (page237).

Operating the deviceNote: The seek buttons and file informationwill only work on certain phones anddevices.Select Bluetooth audio as the activesource.1. Select AUX.2. Press the up and down arrow buttons

to select the desired function.3. Press the OK button.Tracks can be accessed by skippingforwards and backwards using the steeringwheel controls, or directly from the audiounit controls.

Audio controlPress the seek up and down keys to skipbackwards and forwards through tracks.Press and hold the seek keys to enable fastrewind/fast forward through track content.Press the INFO button or function button4 to display the following:• Title.• Artist.• Album.• File name.

USING A USB DEVICEVarious icons are used to identify types ofaudio file, folders etc.

E100029

USB device is the active source

E100022

Folder

E100023

Playlist

E100024

Album

E100025

Artist

E100026

Filename

E100027

Track title

E100028

Information not available

OperationSelect the USB device as the audio sourceby repeatedly pressing the AUX buttonuntil the USB screen appears in the display.After first connecting the USB device, thefirst track within the first folder will startto play automatically. Subsequently,following audio source switching, theposition of playback on the USB device isremembered.To browse the device contents, press theup/down arrow key or the OK button once.

259

Connectivity

Page 262: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

The display will show the trackinformation, together with other importantinformation described below:• A vertical scroll bar on the right side of

the display shows the current positionof the folder view.

• ">" after an entry indicates a furtherlevel down is readable (for example afolder named after an album, withindividual album tracks within thatfolder).

• "<" before the list indicates that afurther level up is readable.

• Icons to the left of track/folder textindicate the type of file/folder. Referto the list for an explanation of theseicons.

To navigate the USB device contents, usethe up/down arrow keys to scroll throughlists, and the left/right keys to move up ordown within the folder hierarchy. Once yourdesired track, playlist or folder ishighlighted, press the OK button to selectplayback.Note: If you wish to jump to the top levelof the USB device contents, press and holdthe left arrow key.

Audio controlPress the seek up and down keys to skipbackwards and forwards through tracks.Press and hold the seek keys to enable fastrewind/fast forward through track content.Use the function buttons to enable shuffle,repeat and scan with respect to the wholedevice, folders and playlists.Press the INFO button or function button4 to display the following:• title• artist• album

• folder name• file name.

USING AN IPODVarious icons are used to identify types ofaudio file, folders etc.

E100030

iPod is the active source

E100031

iPod playlist

E100032

iPod artist

E100033

iPod album

E100034

iPod genre

E100035

iPod song

E100036

iPod generic category

E100037

iPod generic media file

OperationConnect the iPod. See Connecting anexternal device (page 258).Select the iPod as the audio source byrepeatedly pressing the AUX button untilthe iPod screen appears in the display.

260

Connectivity

Page 263: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

The iPod menu list for browsing contentswill be available through the radio display.Navigation of the contents follows thesame principles as for iPod standalone use(for example search by artist, title, etc.).To browse the iPod contents, press theup/down arrow key or the OK button once.The display will show the trackinformation, together with other importantinformation described below:• A vertical scroll bar on the right side of

the display shows the current positionof the list view.

• ">" after an entry indicates a furtherlevel down is readable (for example allalbums by a particular artist).

• "<" before the list indicates that afurther level up is readable.

• An icon on the left side indicates thetype of the currently displayed list (forexample list of albums). Refer to thelist for an explanation of these icons.

To navigate the iPod contents, use theup/down arrow keys to scroll through lists,and the left/right keys to move up or downwithin the hierarchy. Once your desiredtrack, playlist, album, artist or genre ishighlighted, press the OK button to selectplayback.Note: If you wish to jump to the top levelof the iPod contents, press and hold the leftarrow key.

Audio controlPress the seek up and down keys to skipbackwards and forwards through tracks.Press and hold the seek keys to enable fastrewind/fast forward through track content.Use the function buttons to enable shuffleand repeat with respect to playlists.Press function button 3 to scan the wholedevice or a playlist if it is in operation.

Press the INFO button or function button4 to display the following:• title• artist• album.

261

Connectivity

Page 264: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

GENERAL INFORMATIONPress the relevant button on the unit bezelto access the system functions. This willtake you into the selected mode.

One hour modeTo conserve battery power, the system canbe operated in one hour mode. If theignition is off, press the ON/OFF button toswitch the system on. The system willautomatically switch off after one hour.

System notesWARNINGS

The front glass on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hardobject. If the glass breaks, do not

touch the liquid crystalline material. In caseof contact with the skin, wash immediatelywith soap and water.

The unit is a highgrade laser productwhich uses an invisible laser beam.If this is handled incorrectly it can

emit dangerous rays. Do not attempt tolook through any openings in the unit.

CAUTIONSIrregular shaped CDs and CDs with ascratch protection film or selfadhesive labels attached should not

be used. Warranty claims, where this typeof disc is found to be inside an audio unitreturned for repair, will not be accepted.

Do not clean the unit with solvents oraerosol cleaning agents. Use only adamp cloth.Do not insert foreign objects into anyof the unit disc drives or media cardslots.Do not insert more than one disc intothe unit disc drive.

CAUTIONSUse only 12 cm (4.7 inches) discs or 8cm (3.1 inches) discs with a suitableadaptor.Do not attempt to open the unit. If theunit malfunctions consult your dealer.Improper use of settings andconnections, other than thoseexplained in this handbook, can

damage the unit.Do not turn the ignition key or attemptto start the engine while the softwareis updating.

The system is recommended for use whenthe ignition key is turned to the accessoryposition or when the engine is running. Ifthe system is used extensively when theengine is not running, care needs to betaken to avoid draining the battery.

ROAD SAFETY

WARNINGSThe system provides you withinformation designed to help youreach your destination quickly and

safely.For reasons of safety, the drivershould only program the systemwhen the vehicle is stationary.The system provides no assistancewith respect to stop signs, trafficlights, areas under construction or

other important safety information.Do not use the system until you havefamiliarised yourself with itsoperation.Only view the system display whendriving conditions permit.

262

Navigation introduction

Page 265: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Safety informationRead and follow all stated safetyprecautions. Failure to do so may increaseyour risk of collision and personal injury.Ford Motor Company shall not be liablefor any damages of any type arising fromfailure to follow these guidelines.If detailed viewing of route instructions isnecessary, pull off the road when it is safeto do so and park your vehicle.Do not use the navigation system to locateemergency services.To use the system as effectively and safelyas possible, always use the latestnavigation information. Your dealer will beable to assist with this.

263

Navigation introduction

Page 266: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Vehicles with mobile navigationsystem

CAUTIONUsing the system with the engine offwill drain the battery.

Note: You will be charged when sendingand receiving text messages.Note: Refer to your phone handbook for allphone functions and operation.Note: Keep the activation code (printed onthe installation guide) in a safe place.Note: Retain the activation text messagein your mobile phone inbox.

Compatibility of phones

CAUTIONAs no common agreement exists,mobile phone manufacturers are ableto implement a variety of profiles in

their Bluetooth devices. Because of this,an incompatibility can occur between thephone and hands-free system, which insome cases may significantly degrade thesystem performance. To avoid thissituation, only recommended phonesshould be used.

Please visit the websitewww.ford-mobile-connectivity.com forfull details.

Installing the micro SD card

1

2

E114212

1. Remove the micro SD card from theadaptor.

2. Insert the micro SD card into the mobilephone.

Activating the mobile phonenavigation systemNote: The radio must be switched on beforeconnecting the mobile phone to the in-carGPS receiver.Note: The Ford Mobile Navigation must beinstalled and activated on your mobilephone.Note: It is possible to activate up to amaximum of three phones.Note: Detailed instructions are availableon the micro SD card and atwww.ford-mobile-connectivity.com.To connect the device to the system followthe same procedure as for Bluetooth handsfree phones. See Bluetooth setup (page237).1. Switch the radio on.

264

Navigation Quick start

Page 267: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E114213

2. Switch your mobile phone on and startthe "Ford Mobile Navigation".

3. Choose "Select Destination".4. Choose "Enter Address".5. Change route options if necessary and

start the route guidance.6. The vehicle display will show the turn

information. Voice instructions areheard via the vehicle speakers.

Note: Your mobile phone will display yourcurrent position.7. You are able to exit the application and

continue your route guidance afterrestarting the application.

Vehicles with CD-SD navigationsystem or Sony CD-SD navigationsystemThe system has a large range of features,yet is easy and intuitive to use. Routeguidance is shown on the display screen.The screen provides full information foroperating the system through the use ofmenus, text screens and map displays.Screen selections are made by scrollingthrough the menus using the up, down, leftand right arrow buttons and pressing theOK button to activate the desired setting.

Basic operation1. Press either the NAV or MENU button

to enter the menu structure.2. Use the up, down, left and right arrow

buttons and scroll through the variousselection lists.

3. Press the OK button to activate yourselection.

Selection listsVarious screens are presented which offera selection list of available options.1. Select the option you require, or if it is

not shown on the screen use the upand down arrow buttons to view theremainder of the selection list.

2. Press the OK button to confirm yourselection.

Alphanumeric keypad entryWhen it is necessary to enter an address,a keypad will appear prompting you toenter a postcode, city, or street.1. Use the up, down, left and right arrow

buttons to select the letter or numberthat you require.

Note: As you spell the entry the results willappear in the display.Note: The system will limit your entries toonly those characters which spell a validentry.2. Press the OK button to activate your

selection.

Route setting exampleNavigation main screen• To select the navigation system, press

the NAV button. The road safetycaution will be displayed. To use thesystem, read the caution and press theOK button.

Destination input screen• Use the up and down arrow buttons

and scroll to Destination input.• Press the OK button to activate your

selection.Note: A list with several options is shown.

265

Navigation Quick start

Page 268: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

• Starting from the top, select thecountry followed by either thepostcode if available or city and streetname.

• Use the alphanumeric keypad andselection lists to select your addressdetails.

• Once sufficient information has beenentered, scroll to Start guidance andpress the OK button to activate yourselection.

Note: If you only need to navigate to a citycentre for example, full address details arenot required.• The route is now calculated and the

screen returns to the main navigationscreen with instructions on how toproceed.

• Follow the screen information andvoice prompts to reach yourdestination.

266

Navigation Quick start

Page 269: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E104157 A

1 2 3 4

Descriptions for function buttons1-4

A

Function buttons 1 to 4 are contextdependent, and change according to thecurrent unit mode. Descriptions for thefunctions are shown at the bottom of thescreen display.

267

Navigation unit overview

Page 270: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Vehicles with CD-SD navigation system

A B E FD

G

H

K

I

J

Q

R

T

U

V

S

P O MN L

C

E129241

CD eject.ANavigation arrows.BCD aperture.COK.DInformation.EMap select. See Route displays (page 276).FMenu select. See System settings (page 272).GTelephone keypad and station presets. See Audio unit operation (page 227).See Audio unit menus (page 230). See Telephone (page 237).

H

Clock. See System settings (page 272).ITraffic announcement. See Traffic Message Channel (page 277).JFunction 4.K

268

Navigation unit overview

Page 271: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Function 3.LSeek up. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 227). See Trackselection (page 232).

M

On/off and volume control. See On/off control (page 227).NSeek down. CD track selection. See Station tuning control (page 227). SeeTrack selection (page 232).

O

Function 2.PFunction 1.QPhone select. See Telephone (page 237).RAuxiliary select. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 235).SRadio select. See Audio unit operation (page 227). See Audio unit menus(page 230).

T

CD select. See Compact disc player (page 232).UNavigation select. See System settings (page 272).V

269

Navigation unit overview

Page 272: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Vehicles with Sony CD-SD navigation system

A CB FE

Y

I

G

H

J

L

KT

U

W

X

V

QS R N MOP

D

E129242

On/off control. See On/off control (page 227).ANavigation select. See System settings (page 272).BTelephone keypad and station presets. See Audio unit operation (page 227).See Audio unit menus (page 230). See Telephone (page 237).

C

CD aperture.DNavigation arrows.EMap select. See Route displays (page 276).FCD eject.GInformation.HClock. See System settings (page 272).ISeek up. CD track selection. end call. See Station tuning control (page 227).See Track selection (page 232). See Using the telephone (page 238).

J

270

Navigation unit overview

Page 273: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Home select. See System settings (page 272).KTraffic announcement. See Traffic Message Channel (page 277).LFunction 4.MSound select. See Sound button (page 227).NFunction 3.OOK.PFunction 2.QMenu select. See System settings (page 272).RFunction 1.SPhone select. See Telephone (page 237).TAuxiliary select. See Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket (page 235).USeek down. CD track selection. accept call. See Station tuning control (page227). See Track selection (page 232). See Using the telephone (page 238).

V

Radio select. See Audio unit operation (page 227). See Audio unit menus(page 230).

W

CD select. See Compact disc player (page 232).XVolume control.Y

LOADING THE NAVIGATIONDATALoading the navigation data

E129900

1. Load the navigation SD card into theaperture.

2. Press the NAV button. The road safetywarning will be shown in the display.

3. Use the up and down arrow buttons toselect the required feature.

4. Press the OK button to confirm yourselection.

For map updates and system upgradesplease refer to your dealer.

271

Navigation unit overview

Page 274: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Most of the important settings for yournavigation unit can be accessed via theMENU or NAV button. The followingsection describes the various options andhow to use them.For menu structures: See InformationDisplays (page 83).

Menu structure - Information andentertainment display - Vehicleswith navigation systemRouteThis feature allows you to customise theroute to your specific journey requirements(for example continue route guidance,block specific sections of your route orselect specific sections of a route).

Destination inputThis feature allows you to enter yourdestination details (for example enter citynames, enter street names or pick a placefrom a map).

TrafficThis feature allows you to customise howyou receive traffic information (forexample review and sort traffic messages,review your route or block parts of yourroute).

Home addressThis feature allows you to start the routeguidance to your home address or changethe details of your home address.Note: On Vehicles with a Sony CD-SDnavigation system, press the HOME buttonand the system will automatically startroute guidance to the listed home address.

Last destinationsThis feature allows quick access to ahistory of previous destinations entered inthe system. A detailed display will showthe complete stored information includingan overview map. Select the requiredrepeat destination from the list.

FavouritesThis feature allows you to customize apersonal destination address book andassign user defined names to addressesand locations. A detailed display will showthe complete stored information includingan overview map. Select the requiredrepeat destination from the list.

Points of interestThis feature allows you to customise theroute to your specific journey requirements(for example select a museum on route ora specific point of interest near yourdestination).

Tour planningThis feature allows you to enter a numberof different destinations and select theorder in which you wish to visit them. Youcan also modify an existing tour or recall aprevious tour. The system willautomatically calculate and display yourchosen journey.

Store positionThis feature allows you to store and nameyour current position.

Route optionsThis feature allows you to customise theroute to your specific journey requirements(for example select the fastest or mosteconomical route or select a route that willavoid tunnels, seasonal roads and tollroads).

272

System settings

Page 275: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Special functionsThis feature allows you to select GPS andsystem information or a demonstration ofthe system functionality.

Map displayThis feature allows you to change the waythe map screen is displayed (for exampleclean 2D and clean 3D view) and tocustomise display information for yourjourney (for example time to arrival andlane guidance).

Assistance optionsThis feature allows you to customisedisplay information for your journey (forexample signs, lanes and speed limits).

Personal dataThis feature allows you to edit and deletepersonal data (for example your homeaddress).

Reset all settingsThis feature allows you to reset thenavigation settings.

Menu structure - Information andentertainment display - AllvehiclesAudio settingsAdaptive volumeThis feature allows you to adjust thevolume level to compensate for engine androad speed noise. You can turn this on andoff.

SoundThis feature allows you to adjust the soundsettings (for example bass and treble.

Nav audio mixingThis feature allows you to adjust thevolume mix between the navigation voiceoutput and audio source.

DSP settingsThis feature allows you to customisespeaker output relevant to seat positions.

DSP equaliserThis feature allows you to select the musiccategory that most suits your listeningpreference. The audio output will changeto enhance the particular style of musicchosen.

NewsThis feature allows you to receive newsbulletins from stations on the FMwaveband or radio data system (RDS) andenhanced other network (EON) linkedstations, in the same way as trafficinformation is provided. You can turn thison and off.

Alternative frequenciesThis feature will search for and switch tothe strongest station signal when movingfrom one transmission area to another.

RDS regionalThis feature controls the behaviour of AFswitching between regionally relatednetworks of a parent broadcaster.

DAB service linkThis feature allows you to select stationsthat are broadcast on the DAB channels.

BluetoothThis feature allows you to switchBluetooth on or off.

273

System settings

Page 276: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Clock settingsSet timeThis feature allows you to manually adjustthe time.

Set dateThis feature allows you to manually adjustthe date, month and year.

GPS timeThis feature allows you to, if in a suitablecoverage area, automatically adjust thedate and time using GPS.

Set time zoneThis feature allows you select a specifictime zone.

SummertimeThis feature allows you set the system toadjust for seasonal time differences.Note: GPS time must be selected.

24-hour modeThis feature allows you to adjust thesystem between 12 and 24-hour mode.

274

System settings

Page 277: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

ROUTE OPTIONS MENUYou can set a number of options whichalter the way a route is planned.Using the up, down, left and right arrowbuttons, you can select from the list whichroad features are to be avoided or includedin the route by turning the feature on or off.

RouteEcoThis option will prioritise the mosteconomical route to the destination.

FastThis option will prioritise the fastest routeto the destination.

ShortThis option will prioritise the shortest routeto the destination..

Always askUse this feature to make sure that you arealways given the choice of route typeselection for your journey.

DriverLeisurelyThis option will prioritise the route for aleisurely driver to the destination.

NormalThis option will prioritise the route for anormal driver to the destination.

FastThis option will prioritise the route for afast driver to the destination.

Eco settingsTrailerUse this feature to change the economysettings of your journey relating to whetheror not you are towing a trailer and if so thesize of trailer being towed.

Roof boxUse this feature to change the economysettings of your journey relating to the useof a roof box.

DynamicWhen switched on, and if the unit isreceiving a valid traffic message channel(TMC) signal, the route will beautomatically updated to take intoaccount real time traffic incidents orcongestion.Note: This feature can be useful in avoidingdelays or hold ups on journeys.

MotorwayWhen switched on the system will look formotorways on your route andautomatically update your route distanceand timings.Note: This feature can be useful in avoidingdelays or hold ups on journeys.

Ferry/motorailWhen switched on the system will look forferry crossings and motorail facilities onyour route and automatically update yourroute distance and timings.

TollWhen switched on the system will look fortoll roads on your route and automaticallyupdate your route distance and timings.

275

Navigation system

Page 278: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Seasonal roadsWhen switched on the system will look forseasonal roads on your route andautomatically update your route distanceand timings.Note: This feature can be useful in avoidingdelays or hold ups on journeys.

Toll stickerWhen switched on the system willautomatically select toll roads and updateyour route distance and timings.

ROUTE DISPLAYSMap displayPress the MAP button for a map view.This view will show your current locationwith your vehicle in the centre shown asan arrow surrounded by a circle. The arrowwill face in the direction of travel.The information on the top line gives thename of the current road, or the next roadto take if a turn is approaching.You can change the way the map isdisplayed by altering the zoom andorientation settings. Press the relevantfunction buttons to change the map scaleand using the left and right arrow buttonszoom in or out. The current map scale isshown on the display.Map scale settings may be set between50 metres to 500 kilometres or 0.05 milesto 500 miles, with an auto setting to thefar left. The auto setting continuouslychanges the map scale according to theroad type being driven.

Junction zoomThis feature will automatically increasethe zoom on the map display at timeswhen you are required to make a turn, orperform more complex manoeuvres.Shortly after the zoom scale will return tothe previous level.Select AUTO to activate junction zoom.

Navigation displayAfter commencing a navigation route, thedefault screen is the main navigationscreen:Once an active route is underway, guidancewill be given by on-screen information andvoice prompts. Whichever audio sourceyou wish to leave the unit in, basic turn byturn and distance information will remainon the screen in the form of a graphic inset.You do not need to leave the unit on themain navigation screen when you arenavigating a route. Slightly more detailedinformation on your route may be availablevia the main navigation screen if required.

WARNINGDo not rely on the screen promptswhen navigating. Always listen to thenavigation voice and take care not

be distracted from the road ahead.

276

Navigation system

Page 279: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATIONTraffic message channel (TMC) stationsare broadcast on the FM waveband. TMCis a feature that receives traffic alertswhich can be used to plan alternativeroutes and avoid hold ups.

USING TMCPress the TA or TRAFFIC button to showthe traffic menu page.

Traffic announcementTraffic announcement (TA) can be turnedon or off via this menu. If switched on a TAindicator is shown in the informationborder of the status bar.Stations which broadcast on the FMwaveband and carry traffic programme(TP) information are identified by TPshown in the screen display. With TAswitched on the unit will respond to theseannouncements and interrupt musicplayback. After the announcement hasended music playback will resume.

Ending traffic announcementsThe unit will return to normal operation atthe end of each traffic announcement. Toend the announcement prematurely, pressthe TA, TRAFFIC, RADIO or CD buttonduring the announcement.

Using TMC messagesSelect the required item to display a list ofTMC messages. See GeneralInformation (page 83). This is only anoverview display which gives very basicinformation. Select the message yourequire further information on and anotherscreen will be displayed giving full messagedetails on incident location etc.

You may either select a view which showsmessages only affecting your programmedroute, or a view which shows all messagesreceived. Press function button 1 to changethe view.

277

Traffic Message Channel

Page 280: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

The road network is constantly changingdue to new roads, changes in roadclassification, etc. Therefore, it is notalways possible to exactly match the mapdata in the system to the current roadnetwork.Map information is regularly updated, butall areas are not necessarily covered to thesame level of detail. Some roads, inparticular private roads, may not beincluded on the database. To help withaccuracy, always use the latest versionnavigation disc. Your dealer will be able toprovide this.

278

Map updates

Page 281: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

TYPE APPROVALSFCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICEThis device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.FCC ID: WJLRX-42IC: 7847A-RX42Changes or modifications to your devicenot expressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance can void theuser's authority to operate the equipment.

RX-42 - declaration of conformityWe, the party responsible for compliance,declare under our sole responsibility thatthe Handset Integration product RX-42 isin conformity with the provisions of thefollowing Council Directive: 1999/5/EC. Acopy of the Declaration of Conformity canbe found at:

www.novero.com/declaration_of_conformityThe Bluetooth word mark and logos areowned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and anyuse of such marks by Ford Motor Companyis under license. Other trademarks andtrade names are those of their respectiveowners.

TYPE APPROVALSiPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

TYPE APPROVALS

E114214

© 2008 NAVTEQ B.V. All rights reserved.

279

Appendices

Page 282: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

E114220

TYPE APPROVALS

E97713

E97714

SD Logo is a trademark.

TYPE APPROVALSEU DeclarationHereby, Valeo declares that this shortrange device is in compliance with theessential requirements and other relevantprovisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.

280

Appendices

Page 283: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Certificate for United ArabEmirates

E125209

ELECTROMAGNETICCOMPATIBILITY

WARNINGSYour vehicle has been tested andcertified to legislations relating toelectromagnetic compatibility

(72/245/EEC, UN ECE Regulation 10 orother applicable local requirements). It isyour responsibility to ensure that anyequipment you have fitted complies withapplicable local legislations. Have anyequipment fitted by properly trainedtechnicians.

WARNINGSThe RF (radio frequency) transmitterequipment (e.g. cellular telephones,amateur radio transmitters etc.) may

only be fitted to your vehicle if they complywith the parameters shown in the tablebelow. There are no special provisions orconditions for installations or use.

Do not mount any transceiver,microphones, speakers, or any otheritem in the deployment path of the

airbag system.Do not fasten antenna cables tooriginal vehicle wiring, fuel pipes andbrake pipes.Keep antenna and power cables atleast 10 centimetres (4 inches) fromany electronic modules and airbags.

E85998

1 2 3 4

281

Appendices

Page 284: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Antenna PositionsMaximum output power Watt (PeakRMS)

Frequency BandMHz

3, 450 W1 – 30

1, 2, 350 W30 – 54

1, 2, 350 W68 – 87.5

1, 2, 350 W142 – 176

1, 2, 350 W380 – 512

1, 2, 310 W806 – 940

1, 2, 310 W1200 – 1400

1, 2, 310 W1710 – 1885

1, 2, 310 W1885 – 2025

Note: After the installation of RFtransmitters, check for disturbances fromand to all electrical equipment in thevehicle, both in the standby and transmitmodes.Check all electrical equipment:• with the ignition ON• with the engine running• during a road test at various speeds.Check that electromagnetic fieldsgenerated inside the vehicle cabin by thetransmitter installed do not exceedapplicable human exposure requirements.

282

Appendices

Page 285: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

AA/C

See: Climate Control........................................100About This Manual...........................................7ABS

See: Brakes...........................................................144ABS driving hints

See: Hints on Driving With Anti-LockBrakes................................................................144

AccessoriesSee: Parts and Accessories.................................7

Active Park Assist.........................................152Principle of Operation.......................................152

Adjusting the Headlamps - VehiclesWith: Adaptive Front Lighting/XenonHeadlamps....................................................59

Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................50Air Conditioning

See: Climate Control........................................100Air Vents..........................................................100

Centre air vents...................................................100Second row air vents..........................................101Side air vent...........................................................101

Alarm..................................................................48Principle of Operation........................................48

Alternative frequencies.............................230Appendices....................................................279Arming the alarm...........................................49Arming the engine immobiliser.................47

At a Glance........................................................10......................................................................................16Adjusting the steering wheel............................13Autolamps...............................................................14Automatic climate control.................................15Automatic transmission......................................17Autowipers...............................................................14Diesel particulate filter (DPF)..........................16Electric folding mirrors........................................15Electric windows...................................................14Fuel filler flap..........................................................16Information displays............................................15Instrument panel overview...............................10Keyless entry...........................................................13Keyless starting......................................................16Locking the vehicle...............................................13Manual climate control.......................................15Manual transmission............................................17Power liftgate..........................................................13Speed limiter...........................................................17Towing the vehicle on four wheels.................18Unlocking the vehicle...........................................13

Audible Warnings and Indicators..............81Automatic transmission.....................................81Frost...........................................................................81Key-in-ignition........................................................81Key outside car.......................................................81Lights on...................................................................81Low fuel...................................................................82Luggage compartment lid - power

liftgate.................................................................82Seat belt reminder...............................................82Switching the chimes on and off....................81

Audio Control..................................................50Type 1........................................................................50Type 2........................................................................51

Audio introduction.......................................219Audio system security................................226Audio troubleshooting...............................236Audio unit commands...............................242

Auxiliary input.....................................................246CD Player...............................................................242External devices - iPod....................................248External devices - USB....................................246Radio.......................................................................243

Audio unit menus........................................230Audio unit operation...................................227Audio unit overview....................................220

283

Index

Page 286: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Auto-Dimming Mirror....................................74Autolamps........................................................58Automatic Climate Control......................103

Air distribution.....................................................104Blower.....................................................................104Mono mode..........................................................104Recirculated air...................................................105Setting the temperature..................................104Switching off the automatic climate

control...............................................................105Switching the air conditioning on and

off........................................................................105To switch mono mode back on....................104To switch mono mode off...............................104Windscreen defrosting and

demisting..........................................................105Automatic Transmission.............................141

Emergency park position releaselever.....................................................................143

Hints on driving with an automatictransmission....................................................143

Manual shifting - Vehicles with a 5 speedtransmission....................................................142

Selector lever positions.....................................141Sport mode and manual shifting - Vehicles

with a 6 speed transmission.....................142Automatic volume control.......................230Autostore control.........................................228Autowipers........................................................52Auxiliary Heater............................................106

Diesel auxiliary heater (depending oncountry)............................................................108

Fuel operated heater (depending oncountry)............................................................108

Parking heater.....................................................106Auxiliary input (AUX IN) socket...............125Auxiliary Power Points................................123

Power inverter......................................................123

BBattery connection points........................198Blind Spot Monitor.........................................74

Blind spot information system (BLIS)..........74Detection errors.....................................................76System detection and alerts............................75Turning the system on and off.........................75Using the system..................................................74

Bluetooth setup............................................237Handling of phones...........................................237Requirements for Bluetooth

connection.......................................................237Bonnet Lock

See: Opening and Closing the Bonnet.......185Booster cables

See: Jump-Starting the Vehicle.....................197Booster Seats..................................................20

Booster cushion (Group 3)................................21Booster seat (Group 2)......................................20

Brake and Clutch Fluid Check...................191Brakes...............................................................144

Principle of Operation.......................................144Bulb changing

See: Changing a Bulb.........................................62Bulb Specification Chart.............................69

CCapacities and Specifications.................216

Technical Specifications..................................216Cargo Nets......................................................163

C-MAX....................................................................163Grand C-MAX.......................................................164Luggage retention net......................................164

Car WashSee: Cleaning the Exterior...............................195

Catalytic Converter......................................136Driving with a catalytic converter.................136

Changing a Bulb.............................................62Approach lamp.....................................................65Central high mounted brake lamp................68Front fog lamps....................................................66Headlamp...............................................................63Interior lamps........................................................69Luggage compartment lamp, footwell lamp

and tailgate lamp............................................69Number plate lamp.............................................69Rear lamps.............................................................66Side lamp................................................................64Side repeater.........................................................65

Changing a Fuse............................................174

284

Index

Page 287: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Changing a Road Wheel............................199Assembling the wheel brace.........................201Installing a road wheel....................................203Jacking and lifting points...............................200Locking wheel nuts............................................199Removing a road wheel..................................202Removing the wheel trim...............................202Vehicle jack...........................................................199Vehicles with a spare wheel...........................199

Changing the remote controlbattery.............................................................36Remote control with a folding key

blade....................................................................36Remote control without a folding key

blade.....................................................................37Changing the Vehicle Battery..................198Changing the Wiper Blades.......................54

Rear window wiper blade.................................55Windscreen wiper blades.................................54

Checking the Wiper Blades........................54Childminder Mirror........................................125Child Safety.......................................................19Child Safety Locks..........................................25Child Seat Positioning...................................21Child Seats.........................................................19

Child restraints for different massgroups...................................................................19

Cigar Lighter....................................................122Cleaning the Exterior...................................195

Body paintwork preservation.........................195Cleaning the chrome trim...............................195Cleaning the headlamps.................................195Cleaning the rear window...............................195

Cleaning the Interior....................................195Instrument cluster screens, LCD screens,

radio screens...................................................196Rear windows......................................................196Seat belts..............................................................195

Climate Control............................................100Principle of Operation......................................100

Climate control commands....................254Climate..................................................................254

Clock..................................................................122Coded keys........................................................47Cold Weather Precautions.........................172Compact disc playback.............................232Compact disc player...................................232

Compact disc track scanning..................233Type 1......................................................................233Type 2 and 3.........................................................233

Connecting an external device...............258Connection...........................................................258

Connecting an external device - VehiclesWith: Bluetooth.........................................258Connecting a Bluetooth audio

device................................................................258Connectivity...................................................257

General Information..........................................257Convenience features..................................121Coolant Check

See: Engine Coolant Check..............................191Cornering Lamps...........................................60Cruise Control................................................158

Principle of Operation.......................................158Cruise control

See: Using Cruise Control................................158Cup Holders....................................................123

Seat back trays....................................................124

DDiesel Particulate Filter..............................130

Regeneration.........................................................131Digital signal processing (DSP).............230

Changing the DSP settings............................230DSP equaliser.....................................................230DSP occupancy..................................................230

Direction Indicators.......................................60Disabling the passenger airbag................34

Disabling the passenger airbag......................34Enabling the passenger airbag.......................35Fitting the passenger airbag deactivation

switch..................................................................34Disarming the alarm.....................................49

Vehicles with keyless entry..............................49Vehicles without keyless entry........................49

Disarming the engine immobiliser...........47DPF

See: Diesel Particulate Filter..........................130Driving Hints....................................................172Driving Through Water................................172

Driving through water .......................................172

285

Index

Page 288: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

EEco Mode.........................................................135

Principle of Operation.......................................135Electric exterior mirrors................................73

Electric folding mirrors........................................73Mirror tilting positions.........................................73

Electromagnetic compatibility................281Emergency Exit..............................................173Ending compact disc playback..............234Engine Block Heater.....................................131Engine Coolant Check.................................191

Checking the coolant level...............................191Topping up.............................................................191

Engine immobiliser........................................47Principle of Operation.........................................47

Engine Oil Check..........................................190Checking the oil level........................................190Topping up............................................................190

Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratec-16VTi-VCT (Sigma).........................................190

Engine Oil Dipstick - 1.6L Duratorq-TDCi(DV) Diesel/2.0L Duratorq-TDCi (DW)Diesel.............................................................190

Exterior Mirrors.................................................72Manual folding mirrors........................................72

FFastening the seat belts..............................29

C-MAX......................................................................29Grand C-MAX..........................................................31

Fast forward/reverse..................................232First Aid Kit.......................................................173Floor Mats........................................................126Fog Lamps - Front

See: Front Fog Lamps........................................58Fog Lamps - Rear

See: Rear Fog Lamps..........................................58Front Fog Lamps............................................58Fuel and Refuelling......................................136

Technical Specifications..................................139Fuel Burning Heater

See: Auxiliary Heater.........................................106Fuel Consumption........................................138Fuel Consumption

See: Technical Specifications........................139

Fuel filler flap..................................................137Refuelling with a fuel can................................138

Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................136Long-term storage.............................................136

Fuel Quality - Petrol....................................136Fuse Box Locations......................................174

Engine compartment fuse box......................174Load compartment fuse box..........................174Passenger compartment fuse box...............174

Fuses..................................................................174Fuse Specification Chart............................175

Engine compartment fuse box......................175Load compartment fuse box.........................180Passenger compartment fuse box...............178

GGauges................................................................77

Engine coolant temperature gauge...............78Fuel gauge...............................................................78

GearboxSee: Transmission...............................................141

General Information on RadioFrequencies...................................................36

Glasses Holder...............................................124Global Opening and Closing......................45

Global closing........................................................46Global opening.....................................................46

HHandbrake

See: Parking Brake.............................................144Hazard Warning Flashers............................59Headlamp adjustment

See: Adjusting the Headlamps - Vehicles With:Adaptive Front Lighting/XenonHeadlamps........................................................59

Headlamp Levelling......................................59Recommended headlamp levelling switch

positions.............................................................59Headlamp Washers......................................54Head Restraints.............................................110

Adjusting the head restraint............................110Removing the head restraint............................111

Heated Seats.................................................120

286

Index

Page 289: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Heated Windows and Mirrors..................105Heated exterior mirrors....................................105Heated windows.................................................105

HeatingSee: Climate Control........................................100

Hill launch assist (HLA)See: Using hill start assist...............................146

Hill Start Assist..............................................146Principle of Operation.......................................146

Hints on Driving With Anti-LockBrakes............................................................144

HLASee: Hill Start Assist..........................................146See: Using hill start assist...............................146

IIgnition Switch................................................127Immobiliser

See: Engine immobiliser....................................47Important audio information...................219

Audio unit labels.................................................219Disc labels.............................................................219

Information Displays.....................................83General Information............................................83

Information Messages.................................90Airbag.......................................................................90Alarm.........................................................................91Battery and charging system............................91Blind spot monitor................................................91Child power lock...................................................92Doors open.............................................................92Engine immobiliser..............................................93Hill start assist.......................................................93Keyless entry..........................................................93Lighting....................................................................94Maintenance..........................................................95Message indicator...............................................90Power steering......................................................96Stability control (ESP)......................................96Starting the engine..............................................96Start-stop................................................................97Transmission..........................................................97Tyre pressure monitoring system..................99

Instrument Cluster.........................................77Instrument Lighting Dimmer....................122

Interior Lamps..................................................61Ambient lighting....................................................61Interior lighting.......................................................61

Introduction.........................................................7iPod connection

See: Connecting an external device...........258See: Connecting an external device - Vehicles

With: Bluetooth.............................................258iPod

See: Using an iPod............................................260ISOFIX Anchor Points...................................24

Attaching a child seat with toptethers..................................................................25

Top tether anchor points - All vehicles........24Top tether anchor points - C-MAX................24Top tether anchor points - Grand

C-MAX.................................................................25

JJump starting

See: Jump-Starting the Vehicle.....................197Jump-Starting the Vehicle.........................197

To connect the booster cables......................197To start the engine.............................................198

KKeyless Entry....................................................43

Disabled keys.........................................................45General information............................................43Locking and unlocking the doors with the

key blade............................................................45Locking the vehicle..............................................43Passive key..............................................................43Unlocking the vehicle.........................................44

Keyless Starting............................................129Failure to start.....................................................130Ignition on..............................................................129Starting a diesel engine....................................129Starting with automatic

transmission....................................................129Starting with manual transmission.............129Stopping the engine when the vehicle is

moving...............................................................130Stopping the engine with the vehicle

stationary.........................................................130Keys and Remote Controls.........................36

287

Index

Page 290: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

LLighting Control...............................................57

Headlamp flasher.................................................57Home safe lighting..............................................58Lighting control positions..................................57Main and dipped beam......................................57Parking lamps........................................................57

Lighting...............................................................57Load Carriers

See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers.............165Load Carrying..................................................161

General Information...........................................161Loading the navigation data.....................271

Loading the navigation data...........................271Locking and Unlocking.................................39

Double locking.......................................................39Locking.....................................................................39Locking and unlocking confirmation............40Locking and unlocking the doors from

inside...................................................................40Locking the doors individually with the

key.........................................................................42Luggage compartment lid................................40Sliding door............................................................40Unlocking................................................................39

Locks...................................................................39Luggage Anchor Points...............................161Luggage Covers.............................................163

MMaintenance..................................................185

General Information..........................................185Technical Specifications..................................192

Manual Climate Control.............................101Air conditioning...................................................102Air distribution control.......................................101Blower.....................................................................102Heating the interior quickly.............................102Recirculated air....................................................102Ventilation.............................................................102

Manual Seats.................................................109Adjusting the angle of the seatback............110Adjusting the height of the driver’s

seat......................................................................110Adjusting the lumbar support........................110Moving the seats backwards and

forwards............................................................109Manual Transmission...................................141Map updates..................................................278Message Centre

See: Information Displays.................................83Mirrors

See: Heated Windows and Mirrors..............105See: Windows and Mirrors.................................71

MP3 connectionSee: Connecting an external device...........258See: Connecting an external device - Vehicles

With: Bluetooth.............................................258MP3 display options...................................233

CD text display options...................................234MP3 file playback........................................233

Playing a multi session disc...........................233

NNavigation introduction............................262

General Information.........................................262Navigation Quick start...............................264

Vehicles with CD-SD navigation system orSony CD-SD navigation system..............265

Vehicles with mobile navigationsystem..............................................................264

Navigation system.......................................275Navigation unit overview...........................267

Vehicles with CD-SD navigationsystem..............................................................268

Vehicles with Sony CD-SD navigationsystem...............................................................270

News broadcasts.........................................230

OOccupant protection.....................................27

Principle of Operation.........................................27Oil Check

See: Engine Oil Check.......................................190On/off control................................................227

288

Index

Page 291: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Opening and Closing the Bonnet...........185Closing the bonnet............................................186Opening the bonnet..........................................185

PParking Aids....................................................148

Principle of Operation.......................................148Parking Brake.................................................144Parts and Accessories.....................................7

Look for the Ford logo on the followingparts .......................................................................8

Now you can be sure that your Ford partsare Ford parts.......................................................7

Personalised Settings..................................89Chime deactivation.............................................90Language setting.................................................89Measure units........................................................90Temperature units...............................................90

Power Door LocksSee: Locking and Unlocking.............................39

Power Seats......................................................111Power Windows...............................................71

Anti-trap function..................................................71Driver's door switches..........................................71Global opening and closing...............................71Opening and closing the windows

automatically.....................................................71Resetting the memory of the electric

windows..............................................................72Safety switch for rear windows........................71

Programming the remote control............36Programming a new remote control............36Reprogramming the unlocking

function...............................................................36

RRear Fog Lamps.............................................58Rear Seats........................................................112

Second row seats - C-MAX..............................112Second row seats - Grand C-MAX.................117Third row seats - Grand C-MAX.....................119

Rear Under Floor Storage..........................163Rear view camera.........................................155

Principle of Operation.......................................155

Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........53Intermittent wipe..................................................53Rear window washer..........................................54Reverse gear wipe................................................54

Refuelling........................................................138Regional mode (REG).................................231Remote control battery

See: Changing the remote controlbattery.................................................................36

Remote control programmingSee: Programming the remote control........36

Removing a Headlamp................................62Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............196Repeat compact disc tracks....................232

Type 1......................................................................232Type 2 and 3.........................................................232

Retractable tow ball...................................168Driving with a trailer............................................171Maintenance..........................................................171Swivelling the tow ball in................................169Swivelling the tow ball out..............................170

Road Safety...................................................262Safety information............................................263

Roadside Emergencies...............................173Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................165

Installing the crossbars....................................165Roof rack................................................................165

Route displays...............................................276Junction zoom.....................................................276Map display..........................................................276Navigation display.............................................276

Route options menu...................................275Driver.......................................................................275Dynamic.................................................................275Eco settings..........................................................275Ferry/motorail......................................................275Motorway..............................................................275Route.......................................................................275Seasonal roads...................................................276Toll...........................................................................275Toll sticker.............................................................276

Running-In.......................................................172Brakes and clutch................................................172Engine......................................................................172Tyres.........................................................................172

289

Index

Page 292: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

SSafety Precautions......................................136Satellite Navigation Unit Holder.............126

Adjusting the holder..........................................126Seat belt height adjustment......................33Seat belt reminder.........................................33

Deactivating the seat belt reminder..............33Grand C-MAX only...............................................33

Seat beltsSee: Fastening the seat belts..........................29

Seats.................................................................109Security code.................................................226Shuffle/random............................................232

Type 1......................................................................232Type 2 and 3.........................................................232

Sitting in the Correct Position.................109Snow Chains

See: Using Snow Chains.................................208Sound button.................................................227Speed Control

See: Cruise Control............................................158Speed Limiter................................................160

Principle of Operation......................................160Stability Control............................................145

Principle of Operation.......................................145Starter Switch

See: Ignition Switch............................................127Starting a Diesel Engine.............................128

Cold or hot engine..............................................128Starting and Stopping the Engine..........127

General Information...........................................127Starting a Petrol Engine.............................128

Cold or hot engine..............................................128Engine idle speed after starting....................128Flooded engine....................................................128

Start-Stop.......................................................133Principle of Operation.......................................133

Station preset buttons..............................228Station tuning control.................................227

DAB service linking.............................................227Manual tuning......................................................227Scan tuning...........................................................227Seek tuning...........................................................227

Steering Wheel Lock....................................127Vehicles with keyless starting.........................127Vehicles without keyless starting..................127

Steering Wheel...............................................50

Storage compartments..............................124Rear storage compartment............................124

Sun Shades......................................................121Roof...........................................................................121Side windows........................................................121

Switching Off the Engine............................131Vehicles with a turbocharger...........................131

Symbols Glossary.............................................7Symbols in this handbook...................................7Symbols on your vehicle.......................................7

System settings............................................272Audio settings......................................................273Clock settings......................................................274Menu structure - Information and

entertainment display - Allvehicles..............................................................273

Menu structure - Information andentertainment display - Vehicles withnavigation system.........................................272

TTechnical Specifications

See: Capacities and Specifications.............216Telephone commands..............................249

Create a phonebook.........................................252Main settings.......................................................253Phone.....................................................................249Phone functions................................................250

Telephone controls.....................................238Remote control..................................................238

Telephone setup...........................................237Bond another Bluetooth phone...................238Making a phone an active phone................238Phonebook...........................................................237Phonebook categories.....................................238

Telephone.......................................................237General Information..........................................237

TelephoneSee: Using the telephone...............................238

Towing a Trailer.............................................168Steep gradients...................................................168

Towing Points................................................183Installing the towing eye..................................183Towing eye location...........................................183

290

Index

Page 293: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Towing the Vehicle on FourWheels...........................................................183All vehicles............................................................183Vehicles with automatic

transmission....................................................184Towing..............................................................168Track selection..............................................232

Type 2 and 3.........................................................232Traffic information control.......................228

Activating traffic announcements..............228Ending traffic announcements.....................229Traffic announcement volume.....................229

Traffic Message Channel...........................277Principle of Operation.......................................277

Transmission...................................................141Trip Computer.................................................89

Average fuel consumption...............................89Average speed......................................................89Distance to empty...............................................89Instantaneous fuel consumption..................89Odometer...............................................................89Outside air temperature....................................89Resetting the trip computer............................89Trip Odometer.......................................................89

Type approvals.............................................279Certificate for United Arab Emirates...........281EU Declaration...................................................280FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE.............279RX-42 - declaration of conformity..............279

Tyre Care.........................................................207Tyre Pressure Monitoring System.........208

System reset.......................................................209Tyre Pressures

See: Technical Specifications.......................209Tyre Repair Kit..............................................204

Checking the tyre pressure............................206General information.........................................204Inflating the tyre.................................................205Using the tyre repair kit...................................204

TyresSee: Wheels and Tyres.....................................199

UUnder Bonnet Overview - 1.6L

Duratec-16V Ti-VCT (Sigma)...............187Under Bonnet Overview - 1.6L

Duratorq-TDCi (DV) Diesel...................188

Under Bonnet Overview - 2.0LDuratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel..................189

USB port...........................................................125USB

See: Using a USB device.................................259Using active park assist..............................152Using an iPod................................................260

Audio control........................................................261Operation.............................................................260

Using a USB device.....................................259Audio control......................................................260Operation..............................................................259

Using Cruise Control....................................158Cancelling the set speed.................................158Changing the set speed...................................158Resuming the set speed..................................159Setting a speed...................................................158Switching cruise control off............................159Switching cruise control on............................158

Using Eco mode............................................135Resetting Eco mode..........................................135

Using hill start assist...................................146Activating the system.......................................146Deactivating the system..................................146Vehicles with manual transmission

only.....................................................................146Using seat belts during pregnancy..........33Using Snow Chains....................................208

Vehicles with stability control (ESP).........208Using Stability Control................................145Using start-stop............................................133

To re-start the engine.......................................134To stop the engine..............................................133

Using the Parking Aid - Vehicles With:Front and Rear Parking Aid....................149Manoeuvring with the parking aid...............150Switching the parking aid on and off..........149

Using the Parking Aid - Vehicles With:Rear Parking Aid........................................148

Using the Rear View Camera...................155Activating the rear view camera...................155Deactivating the rear view camera...............157Using the display................................................156Vehicles with parking aid.................................157

291

Index

Page 294: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

Using the speed limiter..............................160Intentionally exceeding the set speed

limit.....................................................................160Setting the speed limit.....................................160Switching the system on and off.................160System warnings................................................160

Using the telephone...................................238Changing the active phone...........................240Debonding a bonded phone.........................240Making a call........................................................239Muting the microphone..................................240Receiving an incoming call............................240Receiving a second incoming call...............240

Using TMC.......................................................277Ending traffic announcements......................277Traffic announcement......................................277Using TMC messages.......................................277

Using voice control.......................................241Name tag..............................................................242System operation...............................................241

Using Winter Tyres......................................208

VVehicle battery...............................................197Vehicle Care....................................................195Vehicle Identification Number.................215Vehicle Identification Plate.......................214Vehicle identification...................................214Vehicle recovery............................................183Ventilation

See: Climate Control........................................100Vents

See: Air Vents......................................................100VIN

See: Vehicle Identification Number.............215Voice control...................................................241

Principle of Operation.......................................241Voice Control.....................................................51

WWarning Lamps and Indicators.................79

ABS warning lamp...............................................79Airbag warning lamp...........................................79Blind spot monitor indicator............................79Brake system lamp..............................................79Cruise control indicator......................................79Direction indicators..............................................79Engine warning lamp..........................................79Front fog lamp indicator...................................80Frost warning lamp.............................................80Glow plug indicator.............................................80Headlamp indicator............................................80Ignition warning lamp........................................80Low fuel level warning lamp...........................80Low tyre pressure warning lamp...................80Main beam indicator..........................................80Message indicator...............................................80Oil pressure warning lamp...............................80Rear fog lamp indicator.....................................80Seat belt reminder..............................................80Stability control (ESP) indicator.....................81Start-stop indicator..............................................81

Warning Triangle...........................................173Washer Fluid Check.....................................192Washers

See: Wipers and Washers.................................52Washing

See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................195Waveband button........................................227Wheels and Tyres.........................................199

General Information..........................................199Technical Specifications................................209

Windows and Mirrors.....................................71Windscreen Washers....................................53Windscreen Wipers.......................................52

Automatic wiper system...................................52Intermittent wipe..................................................52

Winter TyresSee: Using Winter Tyres..................................208

Wipers and Washers.....................................52Technical Specifications...................................56

292

Index

Page 295: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189
Page 296: FORD C-MAX Owner's · PDF fileFORD C-MAX Owner's Manual. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. ... Duratorq-TDCi (DW) Diesel.....189

(CG3567en)